3आज सर्व खज़ानों के मालिक बापदादा अपने चारों ओर के खज़ाने सम्पन्न बच्चों को देख रहे हैं . āj sarv khazānō̃ kē|K mālik bāpdādā apnē chārō̃ ōr kē|K khazānē sampann bachchō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sampann[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today all treasure (of|K) master BapDada one’s own everywhere (of|K) treasure full child to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
3Today, BapDada, the Master of all Treasures, is seeing all His children everywhere who are full of all treasures.
4हर एक बच्चे के खज़ाने में कितने खज़ाने जमा हुए हैं , यह देख हर्षित हो रहे हैं . har ēk bachchē kē|K khazānē mē̃ kitnē khazānē jamā huē haĩ , yah dēkh harṣhit hō rahē haĩ . har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . each one child (of|K) treasure in so treasure (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , this see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
4He is pleased to see how much of all the treasures each child has accumulated.
5खज़ाने तो सभी को एक ही समय एक ही जैसे मिले हैं फिर भी जमा का खाता सभी बच्चों का अलग-अलग है . khazānē tō sabhī kō ēk hī samay ēk hī jaisē milē haĩ phir bhī jamā kā khātā sabhī bachchō̃ kā alag-alag hai . khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] phir bhī[x] jamā kā khātā[x] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] alag[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . treasure then all to one only time one only like receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nevertheless saving account all child of separate be[pres.sg.23] .
5Everyone has received the same treasures at the same time, but even then, the account of accumulation of all the children is different.
6क्योंकि समय प्रमाण अभी बापदादा सभी बच्चों को सर्व खज़ानों से सम्पन्न देखने चाहते हैं क्योंकि यह खज़ाने सिर्फ अभी एक जन्म के लिए नहीं हैं , यह अविनाशी खज़ाने अनेक जन्म साथ चलने वाले हैं . kyōṅki samay pramāṇ abhī bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō sarv khazānō̃ sē sampann dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ kyōṅki yah khazānē sirph abhī ēk janm kē liē nahī̃ haĩ , yah avināśhī khazānē anēk janm sāth chalnē vālē haĩ . kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sampann[adj.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki yah[pn.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sirph[adj.] ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kē liē[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] avināśhī[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] anēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . because time (under) now BapDada all child to all treasure from full see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because this treasure only now one (life|be born[root]) for not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , this imperishable treasure many (life|be born[root]) with continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
6According to the time, BapDada now wishes to see all the children full of all the treasures because these treasures are not just for this one birth now - these imperishable treasures are going to be with you for many births.
7इस समय के खज़ानों को तो सभी बच्चे जानते ही हो . is samay kē|K khazānō̃ kō tō sabhī bachchē jāntē hī hō . is samay[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . at this time (of|K) treasure to then all child know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
7All of you children know about the treasures of this time.
8बापदादा ने क्या क्या खज़ाने दिये हैं वह कहने से ही सबके सामने आ गये हैं . bāpdādā nē kyā kyā khazānē diyē haĩ vah kahnē sē hī sabkē sāmnē ā gayē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] kyā kyā khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . BapDada ∅ what what treasure give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that say[inf.m.pl.,o.] from only everyone's x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
8As soon as you speak about them, all the treasures that BapDada has given you appear in front of you.
9सबके सामने खज़ानों की लिस्ट इमर्ज हो गई है ना ! sabkē sāmnē khazānō̃ kī|key list emerge hō gaī hai nā ! sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key list emerge hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] nā ! everyone's x treasure (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) list emerge be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ∅ !
9The list of all the treasures has emerged in front of all of you, has it not?
10क्योंकि बापदादा ने पहले भी बताया है कि खज़ाने तो मिले लेकिन जमा करने की विधि क्या है ? kyōṅki bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī batāyā hai ki khazānē tō milē lēkin jamā karnē kī|key vidhi kyā hai ? kyōṅki bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] batānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] lēkin jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? because BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too tell[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that treasure then (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) but (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) method what be[pres.sg.23] ?
10BapDada has told you earlier too that you have received the treasures, but what is the method to use in order to accumulate them?
11जो जितना निमित्त और निर्मान बनता है उतना ही खज़ाने जमा होते हैं . jō jitnā nimitt aur nirmān bantā hai utnā hī khazānē jamā hōtē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nirmān[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that the more instrument and humble become[pres.sg.m.23] x only treasure (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
11To the extent that someone is an instrument and has humility, to that extent he or she accumulates those treasures.
12तो चेक करो - निमित्त और निर्मान बनने की विधि से हमारे खाते में कितने खज़ाने जमा हुए हैं . tō check karō - nimitt aur nirmān bannē kī|key vidhi sē hamārē khātē mē̃ kitnē khazānē jamā huē haĩ . tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nirmān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ham[pn.pl.kē] khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - instrument and humble become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) method from we[.kē] (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) in so treasure (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
12So check: With the method of being an instrument and being humble, how many treasures have you accumulated in your account?
13जितने खज़ाने जमा होंगे , भरपूर होगा उनके चलन और चेहरे से भरपूर आत्मा का रूहानी नशा स्वतः ही दिखाई देता है . jitnē khazānē jamā hōṅgē , bharpūr hōgā unkē chalan aur chēhrē sē bharpūr ātmā kā rūhānī naśhā svataḥ hī dikhāī dētā hai . jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , bharpūr[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.pl.kē] chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] bharpūr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rūhānī[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] svataḥ hī[p.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . the more treasure (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , full be[fut.m.sg.23] that[.kē] behaviour and face from full soul of spiritual intoxication automatically only be visible .
13Spiritual intoxication of being a soul who is full is automatically visible from the activity and the face of a soul who has accumulated these treasures and is full.
14उसके चेहरे पर सदा रूहानी नशा वा फखुर चमकता है और जितना ही रूहानी फखुर होगा उतना ही बेफिक्र बादशाह होगा . uskē chēhrē par sadā rūhānī naśhā vā phakhur chamaktā hai aur jitnā hī rūhānī phakhur hōgā utnā hī bēphikr bādśhāh hōgā . uskā[pn.sg.kē] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sadā rūhānī[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vā fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] chamaknā[pres.sg.m.23] aur jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] rūhānī[adj.] fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] bēphikr bādśhāh[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . of that[.kē] face (at|other) constantly spiritual intoxication or intoxication x[pres.sg.m.23] and the more only spiritual intoxication be[fut.m.sg.23] x only carefree emperor be[fut.m.sg.23] .
14Spiritual intoxication and pride are always sparkling on their face; and to the extent that there is spiritual pride, so they will be carefree emperors.
15रूहानी फखुर अर्थात् रूहानी नशा बेफिक्र बादशाह की निशानी है . rūhānī phakhur arthāt rūhānī naśhā bēphikr bādśhāh kī|key niśhānī hai . rūhānī[adj.] fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt rūhānī[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bēphikr bādśhāh[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . spiritual intoxication that is spiritual intoxication carefree emperor (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] .
15Spiritual pride, that is, spiritual intoxication, is the sign of being a carefree emperor.
16तो अपने को चेक करो कि मेरे चलन और चेहरे पर बेफिक्र बादशाह का निश्चय और नशा है ? tō apnē kō check karō ki mērē chalan aur chēhrē par bēphikr bādśhāh kā niśhchay aur naśhā hai ? tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bēphikr bādśhāh[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then one’s own to check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that I[.kē] behaviour and face (at|other) carefree emperor of faith and intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ?
16So check yourself: Do I have the faith and intoxication of being a carefree emperor visible on my face and in my activity?
17दर्पण तो सबको मिली हुई है ना ! darpaṇ tō sabkō milī huī hai nā ! darpaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sabkō milnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā ! mirror then everything receive[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ !
17All of you have received a mirror, have you not?
18तो दिल के दर्पण में अपना चेहरा चेक करो . tō dil kē|K darpaṇ mē̃ apnā chēhrā check karō . tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K darpaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then heart (of|K) mirror in (adopt[root]|one’s own) face check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
18So check your face in the mirror of your heart.
19किसी भी प्रकार का फिक्र तो नहीं है . kisī bhī prakār kā phikra tō nahī̃ hai . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phikr[n.f.;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (anything|some) too form of worry then not be[pres.sg.23] .
19Do you have any type of worry?
20क्या होगा ! kyā hōgā ! kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! what be[fut.m.sg.23] !
20"What will happen?
21कैसे होगा ! kaisē hōgā ! kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! how be[fut.m.sg.23] !
21How will it happen?
22यह तो नहीं होगा ! yah tō nahī̃ hōgā ! yah[pn.sg.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! this then not be[fut.m.sg.23] !
22Perhaps this will happen."
23कोई भी संकल्प रह तो नहीं गया है ? kōī bhī saṅkalp rah tō nahī̃ gayā hai ? kōī bhī[x] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[root] tō nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? anyone thought remain[root] then not go[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
23You don't have any of these types of thoughts remaining, do you?
24बेफिक्र बादशाह का संकल्प यही होगा जो हो रहा है वह बहुत अच्छा और जो होने वाला है वह और ही अच्छे ते अच्छा होगा . bēphikr bādśhāh kā saṅkalp yahī hōgā jō hō rahā hai vah bahut achchhā aur jō hōnē vālā hai vah aur hī achchhē tē achchhā hōgā . bēphikr bādśhāh[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] aur hī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . carefree emperor of thought this be[fut.m.sg.23] that be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] that very achcha and that be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] that and only achcha from achcha be[fut.m.sg.23] .
24A carefree emperor would only have the thought: Whatever is happening is very good, and whatever is going to happen will be the best of all.
25इसको कहा जाता है फखुर , रूहानी फखुर अर्थात् स्वमानधारी आत्मा . iskō kahā jātā hai phakhur , rūhānī phakhur arthāt svamāndhārī ātmā . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] , rūhānī[adj.] fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt svamāndhārī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] . this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) intoxication , spiritual intoxication that is those with self-respect soul .
25This is called spiritual pride - spiritual pride means to be a soul who has self-respect.
26विनाशी धन वाले जितना कमाते उतना समय प्रमाण फिकर में रहते . vināśhī dhan vālē jitnā kamātē utnā samay pramāṇ phikar mē̃ rahtē . vināśhī[adj.] dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kamānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . perishable wealth those who the more earn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x time (under) worry in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
26To the extent that people earn perishable wealth, so according to the time, they also have that much worry.
27आपको अपने ईश्वरीय खज़ानों के लिए फिकर है ? āpkō apnē īśhvarīy khazānō̃ kē liē phikar hai ? āp[pn.pl.kō] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] īśhvarīy[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? you[.kō] one’s own Godly treasure for worry be[pres.sg.23] ?
27Do you have any worry about your Godly treasures?
28बेफिक्र हो ना ! bēphikr hō nā ! bēphikr[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! carefree (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
28You are carefree, are you not?
29क्योंकि जो खज़ानों के मालिक और परमात्म बालक हैं वह सदा ही स्वप्न में भी बेफिक्र बादशाह हैं क्योंकि उसको निश्चय है कि यह ईश्वरीय खज़ाने इस जन्म में तो क्या लेकिन अनेक जन्म साथ हैं , साथ रहेंगे . kyōṅki jō khazānō̃ kē|K mālik aur paramātma bālak haĩ vah sadā hī svapn mē̃ bhī bēphikr bādśhāh haĩ kyōṅki uskō niśhchay hai ki yah īśhvarīy khazānē is janm mē̃ tō kyā lēkin anēk janm sāth haĩ , sāth rahē̃gē . kyōṅki jō[pn.;d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] sadā hī[p.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bēphikr bādśhāh[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki vah[pn.sg.kō] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] īśhvarīy[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] tō kyā lēkin anēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . because that treasure (of|K) master and Supreme Soul x be[pres.pl.12hon3] that constantly only dream in too carefree emperor be[pres.pl.12hon3] because that[.kō] faith be[pres.sg.23] that this Godly treasure this (life|be born[root]) in then what but many (life|be born[root]) with be[pres.pl.12hon3] , with remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
29Those who are the masters of the treasures and the children of God are always carefree emperors even in their dreams because they have the faith, that, let alone in this birth, these Godly treasures are with them in this birth and will remain with them for many births.
30इसीलिए वह निश्चयबुद्धि निश्चिंत हैं . isīliē vah niśhchaybuddhi niśhchint haĩ . isīliē vah[pn.sg.d.] niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] niśhchint[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x that intellect with faith without worry be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
30This is why those with such faith in the intellect are carefree.
31तो आज बापदादा चारों ओर के बच्चों का जमा का खाता देख रहे थे . tō āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kā jamā kā khātā dēkh rahē thē . tō āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā kā khātā[x] dēkhnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.pl.m.] . then today BapDada everywhere (of|K) child of saving account see[root] remain[past-perf.pl.m.] .
31So, today, BapDada is seeing the account of accumulation of all the children everywhere.
32पहले भी सुनाया है कि विशेष तीन प्रकार के खाते जमा किये हैं और कर सकते हैं . pahlē bhī sunāyā hai ki viśhēṣh tīn prakār kē|K khātē jamā kiyē haĩ aur kar saktē haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] tīn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamā karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . (x|firstly) too speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that special x form (of|K) (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) accumulate and do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
32You have been told earlier too that there are three types of accounts in particular which you have accumulated and can accumulate.
33एक है - अपने पुरूषार्थ प्रमाण खज़ाने जमा करना . ēk hai - apnē purūṣhārth pramāṇ khazānē jamā karnā . ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamā karnā[x] . one be[pres.sg.23] - one’s own effort (under) treasure accumulate . 34यह एक खाता है . yah ēk khātā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] khānā[pres.sg.m.23] . this one eat[pres.sg.m.23] .
331. To accumulate the treasures according to your efforts.
35दूसरा खाता है - दुआओं का खाता . dūsrā khātā hai - duāō̃ kā khātā . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres.sg.m.23] - duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . other eat[pres.sg.m.23] - blessing of (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) .
342. The account of blessings.
36दुआओं का खाता जमा होने का साधन है सदा सम्बन्ध-सम्पर्क और सेवा में रहते हुए संकल्प , बोल और कर्म में , तीनों में स्वयं भी स्वयं से सन्तुष्ट और दूसरे भी सर्व और सदा सन्तुष्ट हों . duāō̃ kā khātā jamā hōnē kā sādhan hai sadā sambandh-sampark aur sēvā mē̃ rahtē huē saṅkalp , bōl aur karma mē̃ , tīnō̃ mē̃ svayã bhī svayã sē santuṣhṭ aur dūsrē bhī sarv aur sadā santuṣhṭ hō̃ . duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sadā sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] aur karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , tīnō̃[adj.] mē̃[postp.] svayã bhī[p.] svayã sē[postp.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] sarv[adj.] aur sadā santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . blessing of (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[inf.m.pl.,o.] of facilities be[pres.sg.23] constantly x and service in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] thought , (x|speak[root]) and deed in , all three in x too x from content and other too all and constantly content be[opt.pl.12hon3] .
35The method to accumulate in the account of blessings is: While engaged in service and coming into connection and relationship with others, through your thoughts, words and deeds - in all three - always remain content with the self and make others constantly content too.
37सन्तुष्टता दुआओं का खाता बढ़ाती है . santuṣhṭatā duāō̃ kā khātā baṛhātī hai . santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] baṛhānā[pres.sg.f.23] . contentment blessing of (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) increase[pres.sg.f.23] .
36Contentment increases the account of blessings.
38और तीसरा खाता है - पुण्य का खाता . aur tīsrā khātā hai - puṇya kā khātā . aur tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres.sg.m.23] - puṇya kā khātā[x] . and third eat[pres.sg.m.23] - accounts of charity .
373. The account of charity.
39पुण्य के खाते का साधन है - जो भी सेवा करते हैं , चाहे मन से , चाहे वाणी से , चाहे कर्म से , चाहे सम्बन्ध में , सम्पर्क में आते सदा निःस्वार्थ और बेहद की वृत्ति , स्वभाव , भाव और भावना से सेवा करना . puṇya kē|K khātē kā sādhan hai - jō bhī sēvā kartē haĩ , chāhē man sē , chāhē vāṇī sē , chāhē karma sē , chāhē sambandh mē̃ , samparka mē̃ ātē sadā niḥsvārth aur bēhad kī|key vr̥itti , svabhāv , bhāv aur bhāvnā sē sēvā karnā . puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sadā niḥsvārth[adj.] aur bēhad[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . charity (of|K) (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) of facilities be[pres.sg.23] - that too service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) mind from , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) words from , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) deed from , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) relationship in , x in come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] constantly altruistic and unlimited (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attitude , nature , consciousness and feeling from service do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
38The method for the account of charity is that whatever service you do, whether through your mind, words, deeds, and while coming into relationship and connection with others, always have an attitude that is altruistic and unlimited. 39Serve with your nature, your good intentions and good feelings.
40इससे पुण्य का खाता स्वतः ही जमा हो जाता है . issē puṇya kā khātā svataḥ hī jamā hō jātā hai . yah[pn.sg.sē] puṇya kā khātā[x] svataḥ hī[p.] jamnā[x] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . this[.sē] accounts of charity automatically only x[x] go[pres.sg.m.23] .
40By doing so, you automatically accumulate in your account of charity.
41तो चेक करो - चेक करना आता है ना ! tō check karō - check karnā ātā hai nā ! tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - check do[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
41So check. 42Do you know how to check?
42आता है ? ātā hai ? ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
43Do you?
43जिसको नहीं आता हो वह हाथ उठाओ . jiskō nahī̃ ātā hō vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.sg.kō] nahī̃[neg] ānā[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kō] not come[x] that raise your hands .
44Those who don't know how to do this, raise your hand!
44जिसको नहीं आता है , कोई नहीं है माना सभी को आता है . jiskō nahī̃ ātā hai , kōī nahī̃ hai mānā sabhī kō ātā hai . jō[pn.sg.kō] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . that[.kō] not come[pres.sg.m.23] , some not be[pres.sg.23] (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) all to come[pres.sg.m.23] . 45तो चेक किया है ? tō check kiyā hai ? tō check karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? then check do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
45There isn't anyone who doesn't know how to do this, which means everyone knows how to check.
46कि स्व पुरूषार्थ का खाता , दुआओं का खाता , पुण्य का खाता तीनों कितनी परसेन्ट में जमा हुआ है ? ki sva purūṣhārth kā khātā , duāō̃ kā khātā , puṇya kā khātā tīnō̃ kitnī percent mē̃ jamā huā hai ? ki[conj.] sva puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , puṇya kā khātā[x] tīnō̃[adj.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] percent mē̃[postp.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? that x effort of (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) , blessing of (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) , accounts of charity all three so % in (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
46So, have you checked to what percentage you have accumulated in the three accounts - in the account of your own efforts, in your account of blessings and in your account of charity?
47चेक किया है ? check kiyā hai ? check karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? check do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
47Have you checked this?
48जो चेक करता है वह हाथ उठाओ . jō check kartā hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] check karnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that check do[pres.sg.m.23] that raise your hands .
48Those who check yourself, raise your hand.
49चेक करते हो ? check kartē hō ? check karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? check do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
49Do you check yourself?
50पहली लाइन नहीं करती है ? pahlī line nahī̃ kartī hai ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? x line not do[pres.sg.f.23] ?
50Do those in the first line not check?
51चेक नहीं करते ? check nahī̃ kartē ? check nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? check not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
51Do you not check?
52क्या कहते हैं ? kyā kahtē haĩ ? kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
52What are you saying?
53करते हैं ना ! kartē haĩ nā ! karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
53You do check, do you not?
54क्योंकि बापदादा ने सुना दिया है , इशारा दे दिया है कि अभी समय की समीपता तीव्रगति से आगे बढ़ रही है इसलिए अपनी चेकिंग बारबार करनी है . kyōṅki bāpdādā nē sunā diyā hai , iśhārā dē diyā hai ki abhī samay kī|key samīpatā tīvragati sē āgē baṛh rahī hai isliē apnī checking bārabār karnī hai . kyōṅki bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] , iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key samīpatā[n.f.;sg.] tīvragati[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] isliē apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] checking x karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because BapDada ∅ (listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) , signal give[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] that now time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) closeness fast speed from previously grow[pres.sg.f.prog.23] therefore one’s own x x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
54BapDada has already told you and given you a signal that now, the closeness of time is moving ahead at a fast speed. 55This is why you have to check yourself again and again.
55क्योंकि बापदादा हर बच्चे को राजा बच्चा , राजयोगी सो राजा बच्चा देखने चाहते हैं . kyōṅki bāpdādā har|her bachchē kō rājā bachchā , rājyōgī sō rājā bachchā dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . kyōṅki bāpdādā har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , rājyōgī[adj.] sōnā[root]|sō rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . because BapDada (x|x[root]) child to king child , Raja Yogi (sleep[root]|x) king child see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
56BapDada wishes to see every child as a king-child: a Raja Yogi and a king-child.
56यही परमात्म बाप को रूहानी नशा है कि एक-एक बच्चा राजा बच्चा है . yahī paramātma bāp kō rūhānī naśhā hai ki ēk-ēk bachchā rājā bachchā hai . yahī[pn.;d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] rūhānī[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this Supreme Soul father to spiritual intoxication be[pres.sg.23] that one child king child be[pres.sg.23] .
57God, the Father has the spiritual intoxication that each and every child is a king-child.
57स्वराज्य अधिकारी सो विश्व राज्य अधिकारी परमात्म बच्चा है . svarājya adhikārī sō viśhva rājya adhikārī paramātma bachchā hai . svarājya adhikārī[x] sōnā[root]|sō viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] rājya adhikārī[x] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . self-sovereign (sleep[root]|x) world master Supreme Soul child be[pres.sg.23] .
58Each one is a child of God and has self-sovereignty and world-sovereignty.
58तो खज़ाने तो बापदादा द्वारा मिलते ही रहते हैं . tō khazānē tō bāpdādā dvārā miltē hī rahtē haĩ . tō khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō bāpdādā dvārā milnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then treasure then BapDada through receive[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
59You continue to receive treasures from BapDada.
59इस खज़ानों के जमा करने की बहुत सहज विधि है - विधि कहो या चाबी कहो , वह जानते हो ना ! is khazānō̃ kē|K jamā karnē kī|key bahut sahaj vidhi hai - vidhi kahō yā chābī kahō , vah jāntē hō nā ! yah[pn.sg.o.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahut sahaj[adj.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yā chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vah[pn.sg.d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! this treasure (of|K) (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very easy method be[pres.sg.23] - method say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] or key say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
60The method to accumulate these treasures is very easy. 61Call it a method or a key, you know that.
60जमा करने की चाबी क्या है ? jamā karnē kī|key chābī kyā hai ? jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) key what be[pres.sg.23] ?
62What is the key with which to accumulate?
61जानते हो ? jāntē hō ? jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? know[pres.pl.m.2] ?
63Do you know?
62तीन बिन्दियां . tīn bindiyā̃ . tīn[adj.] bindī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] . x point .
64The three dots.
63है ना सभी के पास चाबी ? hai nā sabhī kē pās chābī ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā sab[adv.hī] kē pās[x] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ? be[pres.sg.23] ∅ all to key ?
65All of you have this key, do you not?
64तीन बिन्दियां लगाओ और खज़ाने जमा होते जायेंगे . tīn bindiyā̃ lagāō aur khazānē jamā hōtē jāyēṅgē . tīn[adj.] bindī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . x point attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and treasure (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] .
66Apply the three dots and the treasures will continue to accumulate.
65माताओं को चाबी लगाने आती हैं ना , चाबी सम्भालने में होशियार होती हैं ना ! mātāō̃ kō chābī lagānē ātī haĩ nā , chābī sambhālnē mē̃ hōśhiyār hōtī haĩ nā ! mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] nā , chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sambhālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] nā ! mother to key attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ∅ , key be careful[inf.m.pl.,o.] in clever be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ∅ !
67Do the mothers know how to use the key? 68Mothers are clever in looking after keys, are you not?
66तो सभी माताओं ने यह तीन बिन्दियों की चाबी सम्भालकर रखी है , लगाई है ? tō sabhī mātāō̃ nē yah tīn bindiyō̃ kī|key chābī sambhālkar rakhī hai , lagāī hai ? tō sab[adv.hī] mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tīn[adj.] bindī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sambhālnā[abs.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , lagānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? then all mother ∅ this x point (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) key be careful[abs.] keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , attach[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
69So, have all the mothers kept this key of the three dots carefully hidden? 70Do you know how to use it?
67बोलो , मातायें चाबी है ? bōlō , mātāyē̃ chābī hai ? bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , mother key be[pres.sg.23] ?
71Mothers, speak! 72Do you have the key?
68जिसके पास है वह हाथ उठाओ . jiskē pās|pass hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.sg.kē] pās|pass hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kē] (x|pass) be[pres.sg.23] that raise your hands . 69मातायें उठाओ . mātāyē̃ uṭhāō . mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . mother uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
73Those who have it, raise your hand!
70चाबी चोरी तो नहीं हो जाती है ? chābī chōrī tō nahī̃ hō jātī hai ? chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ? key stealing then not be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ?
74The key doesn't get stolen, does it?
71वैसे घर के हर चीज़ की चाबी माताओं को सम्भालने बहुत अच्छी आती है . vaisē ghar kē|K har|her chīz kī|key chābī mātāō̃ kō sambhālnē bahut achchhī ātī hai . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K har|harnā[root]|her chīz[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sambhālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] . x home (of|K) (x|x[root]) thing (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) key mother to be careful[inf.m.pl.,o.] very achcha come[pres.sg.f.23] .
75Generally, mothers know very well how to look after the keys for everything in the house.
72तो यह चाबी भी सदा साथ में रहती है ना ? tō yah chābī bhī sadā sāth mē̃ rahtī hai nā ? tō yah[pn.sg.d.] chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ? then this key too constantly with in remain[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ ?
76Similarly, does this key also always remain with you?
73तो वर्तमान समय बापदादा यही चाहते हैं - अभी समय समीप होने के नाते से बापदादा एक शब्द सभी बच्चों के अन्दर से , संकल्प से , बोल से और प्रैक्टिकल कर्म से चेन्ज करना देखने चाहते हैं . tō vartamān samay bāpdādā yahī chāhtē haĩ - abhī samay samīp hōnē kē|K nātē sē bāpdādā ēk śhabda sabhī bachchō̃ kē|K andar sē , saṅkalp sē , bōl sē aur practical karma sē change karnā dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . tō vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] samīp[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] bāpdādā ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K andar sē[postp.] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] sē[postp.] aur practical karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] change karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then present time BapDada this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - now time close be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) relationship from BapDada one word all child (of|K) inside from , thought from , (x|speak[root]) from and practical deed from change do[inf.m.sg.d.] see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
77So, at the present time, because time is close, BapDada wants to see all of you children change one word in your thoughts, words and practical actions.
74हिम्मत है ? himmat hai ? himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? courage be[pres.sg.23] ?
78Do you have this courage?
75एक शब्द यही बापदादा हर बच्चे का परिवर्तन कराना चाहते हैं , जो एक ही शब्द बार-बार तीव्र पुरूषार्थ से अलबेला पुरूषार्थी बना देता है और अभी समय अनुसार कौन सा पुरूषार्थ चाहिए ? ēk śhabda yahī bāpdādā har|her bachchē kā parivartan karānā chāhtē haĩ , jō ēk hī śhabda bār-bār tīvr purūṣhārth sē albēlā purūṣhārthī banā dētā hai aur abhī samay anusār kaun sā purūṣhārth chāhiē ? ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahī[pn.;d.] bāpdādā har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] , jō[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bār[n.f.;sg.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth sē[postp.] albēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] purūṣhārthī[x] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] aur ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anusār kaun sā[x] puruṣhārth chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] ? one word this BapDada (x|x[root]) child of transformation make commit[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] , that one only word time intense effort from careless effort-maker (become[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) and now time according to which effort (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ?
79Just one word! 80This is the transformation that BapDada wants to bring about in every child. 81It is just the one word that keeps making you into a careless effort-maker from an intense effort-maker; and now, according to the time, what effort should you be making?
76तीव्र पुरूषार्थ और सब चाहते भी हैं कि तीव्र पुरूषार्थियों के लाइन में आयें लेकिन एक शब्द अलबेला कर देता है . tīvr purūṣhārth aur sab chāhtē bhī haĩ ki tīvr purūṣārthiyō̃ kē|K line mē̃ āyē̃ lēkin ēk śhabda albēlā kar dētā hai . tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth aur sab[adj.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] tīvr[adj.] x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K line mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] albēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . intense effort and all x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] that intense x (of|K) line in come[opt.pl.12hon3] but one word careless do[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] .
82Intense effort. 83Everyone wants to be in the line of intense effort-makers, but one word makes you careless.
77पता है वह ? patā hai vah ? patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] ? knowledge be[pres.sg.23] that ?
84Do you know that one word?
78परिवर्तन करने के लिए तैयार हैं ? parivartan karnē kē liē taiyār haĩ ? parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
85Are you ready to change that word?
79है तैयार ? hai taiyār ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] taiyār[adj.] ? be[pres.sg.23] x ?
86Are you ready? 87Are you?
80हाथ उठाओ , तैयार हैं ? hāth uṭhāō , taiyār haĩ ? hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? raise your hands , x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
88Raise your hands if you are.
81देखो , आपका फोटो टी . वी . में आ रहा है . dēkhō , āpkā phōṭō T . we|V . mē̃ ā rahā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.kā] photo T . we|V . mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , you[.kā] photograph x . (x) . in come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
89Look, your photo is being shown on the TV.
82तैयार हैं , अच्छा मुबारक हो . taiyār haĩ , achchhā mubārak hō . taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , achcha congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
90Are you ready? 91Congratulations.
83अच्छा - तीव्र पुरूषार्थ से परिवर्तन करना है या कर लेंगे , देख लेंगे … ऐसे तो नहीं ? achchhā - tīvr purūṣhārth sē parivartan karnā hai yā kar lē̃gē , dēkh lē̃gē … aisē tō nahī̃ ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth sē[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] , dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] … aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] ? achcha - intense effort from transformation do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] or do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] , see[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] … such then not ?
92Are you going to change it with fast effort, or will you say, "I will do it at some time, it will happen at some time." 93It is not like that, is it?
84एक शब्द जान तो गये होंगे , क्योंकि सब होशियार हैं , एक शब्द वह है कि कारण शब्द को परिवर्तन कर निवारण शब्द को सामने लाओ . ēk śhabda jān tō gayē hōṅgē , kyōṅki sab hōśhiyār haĩ , ēk śhabda vah hai ki kāraṇ śhabda kō parivartan kar nivāraṇ śhabda kō sāmnē lāō . ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] jān[n.m.;sg.,d.]|jānnā[root] tō jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , kyōṅki sab[adj.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sāmnē lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one word (x|know[root]) then go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , because all clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] , one word that be[pres.sg.23] that because word to transformation do[root] solution word to x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
94You all must know that one word, because you are all clever. 95So, change the one word "reason", and bring in front of you the word "solution".
85कारण सामने आने से वा कारण सोचने से निवारण नहीं होता है . kāraṇ sāmnē ānē sē vā kāraṇ sōchnē sē nivāraṇ nahī̃ hōtā hai . kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāmnē ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] vā kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . because x (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) from or because think[inf.m.pl.,o.] from solution not be[pres.sg.m.23] .
96When reason (excuse) comes in front of you, or you think about it, you are not able to find a solution.
86तो बापदादा संकल्प तक , सिर्फ बोलने तक नहीं लेकिन संकल्प तक यह कारण शब्द को निवारण में परिवर्तन करने चाहते हैं क्योंकि कारण भिन्न-भिन्न प्रकार के होते हैं और वह कारण शब्द सोचने में , बोलने में , कर्म में आने में तीव्र पुरूषार्थ के आगे बन्धन बन जाता है क्योंकि आप सभी का बापदादा से वायदा है , स्नेह से वायदा है कि हम सभी भी बाप के , विश्व परिवर्तन के कार्य में साथी हैं . tō bāpdādā saṅkalp tak , sirph bōlnē tak nahī̃ lēkin saṅkalp tak yah kāraṇ śhabda kō nivāraṇ mē̃ parivartan karnē chāhtē haĩ kyōṅki kāraṇ bhinn-bhinn prakār kē|K hōtē haĩ aur vah kāraṇ śhabda sōchnē mē̃ , bōlnē mē̃ , karma mē̃ ānē mē̃ tīvr purūṣhārth kē āgē bandhan ban jātā hai kyōṅki āp sabhī kā bāpdādā sē vāydā hai , snēh sē vāydā hai ki ham sabhī bhī bāp kē|K , viśhva parivartan kē|K kārya mē̃ sāthī haĩ . tō bāpdādā saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak , sirph[adj.] bōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] tak nahī̃[neg] lēkin saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak yah[pn.sg.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhinn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur vah[pn.sg.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] , bōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth kē āgē[x] bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāpdādā sē[postp.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then BapDada thought until , only speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] until not but thought until this because word to solution in transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because because different form (of|K) be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and that because word think[inf.m.pl.,o.] in , speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] in , deed in (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) in intense effort in front of bondage become[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] because you all of BapDada from promise be[pres.sg.23] , love from promise be[pres.sg.23] that we all too father (of|K) , world transformation (of|K) task in companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
97So, even in your thoughts, not just in your words, BapDada wants you to change the word "reason" into the word "solution". 98There are many types of reasons and when these come in your thoughts, words and deeds, they become a bondage in your intense effort. 99All of you promised BapDada: you have made a promise with love that all of you are the Father's companions in His task of world transformation.
87बाप के साथी हैं , बाप अकेला नहीं करता है , बच्चों को साथ लाते हैं . bāp kē|K sāthī haĩ , bāp akēlā nahī̃ kartā hai , bachchō̃ kō sāth lātē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] , bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . father (of|K) companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] , father alone not do[pres.sg.m.23] , child to with x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
100You are the Father's companions. 101The Father doesn't do this alone; He brings the children with Him.
88तो विश्व परिवर्तन के कार्य में आपका क्या कार्य है ? tō viśhva parivartan kē|K kārya mē̃ āpkā kyā kārya hai ? tō viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kā] kyā kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then world transformation (of|K) task in you[.kā] what task be[pres.sg.23] ?
102So, what is your task in the task of world transformation?
89सर्व आत्माओं के कारणों को भी निवारण करना क्योंकि आजकल मैजारिटी दुःखी और अशान्त होने के कारण अभी मुक्ति चाहते हैं . sarv ātmāō̃ kē|K kāraṇō̃ kō bhī nivāraṇ karnā kyōṅki ājkal majority duḥkhī aur aśhānt hōnē kē|K kāraṇ abhī mukti chāhtē haĩ . sarv[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki ājkal majority duḥkhnā[past-part.f.]|duḥkhī[adj.] aur aśhānt[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . all soul (of|K) because to too solution do[inf.m.sg.d.] because nowadays majority (hurt[past-part.f.]|unhappy) and peaceless be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because now liberation x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
103To change the reasons and causes into solutions for all souls. 104Nowadays, because the majority of souls are unhappy and peaceless, they want liberation now.
90दुःख अशान्ति से , सर्व बन्धनों से मुक्ति चाहते हैं और मुक्तिदाता कौन ? duḥkh aśhānti sē , sarv bandhanō̃ sē mukti chāhtē haĩ aur muktidātā kaun ? duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] , sarv[adj.] bandhan[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur muktidātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? (sorrow|hurt[root]) peacelessness from , all bondage from liberation x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and bestower of liberation who ?
105They want liberation from their sorrow, peacelessness and all bondages. 106And, who are the bestowers of liberation?
91बाप के साथ आप बच्चे भी मुक्तिदाता हैं . bāp kē sāth āp bachchē bhī muktidātā haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] muktidātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . father with you child too bestower of liberation be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
107Together with the Father, you children are also bestowers of liberation.
92आपके जड़ चित्रों से आज तक क्या मांगते हैं ? āpkē jaṛ chitrō̃ sē āj tak kyā māṅgtē haĩ ? āp[pn.pl.kē] jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] āj tak kyā mā̃gnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? you[.kē] (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) picture from today until what ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
108Even today, what do people ask for from your non-living images?
93अभी दुःख अशान्ति बढ़ते देख सभी मैजारिटी आत्मायें आप मुक्तिदाता आत्माओं को याद करती हैं . abhī duḥkh aśhānti baṛhtē dēkh sabhī majority ātmāyē̃ āp muktidātā ātmāō̃ kō yād kartī haĩ . ab[adv.hī] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] dēkhnā[root] sab[adv.hī] majority ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.] muktidātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . now (sorrow|hurt[root]) peacelessness grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] see[root] all majority soul you bestower of liberation soul to remember .
109Now, seeing the sorrow and peacelessness increase, the majority of souls are remembering you souls who are bestowers of liberation.
94मन में दुःखी होके चिल्लाते हैं - हे मुक्तिदाता मुक्ति दो . man mē̃ duḥkhī hōkē chillātē haĩ - hē muktidātā mukti dō . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] duḥkhnā[past-part.f.]|duḥkhī[adj.] hōnā[abs.] chillānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - hē muktidātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . mind in (hurt[past-part.f.]|unhappy) be[abs.] cry[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - x bestower of liberation liberation (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
110They are unhappy in their mind and are crying out: O bestowers of liberation, give us liberation!
95क्या आपको आत्माओं के दुःख अशान्ति की पुकार सुनने नहीं आती ? kyā āpkō ātmāō̃ kē|K duḥkh aśhānti kī|key pukār sunnē nahī̃ ātī ? kyā āp[pn.pl.kō] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pukārnā[root]|pukār[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.f.] ? what you[.kō] soul (of|K) (sorrow|hurt[root]) peacelessness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (call[root]|call) listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] not come[pres-part.f.] ?
111Can you not hear the call of sorrow and peacelessness of the souls?
96लेकिन मुक्तिदाता बन पहले इस कारण शब्द को मुक्त करो . lēkin muktidātā ban pahlē is kāraṇ śhabda kō mukt karō . lēkin muktidātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.sg.o.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] mukt[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but bestower of liberation (x|become[root]) (x|firstly) this because word to free do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 97तो स्वतः ही मुक्ति का आवाज आपके कानों में गूंजेगा . tō svataḥ hī mukti kā āvāj āpkē kānō̃ mē̃ gūñjēgā . tō svataḥ hī[p.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kē] kān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] gūñjnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then automatically only liberation of noise you[.kē] ear in echo[fut.m.sg.23] .
112Become the bestowers of liberation and first of all, liberate yourself from this word "reason", and then the sound of liberation will automatically echo in your ears.
98पहले अपने अन्दर से इस शब्द से मुक्त होंगे तो दूसरों को भी मुक्त कर सकेंगे . pahlē apnē andar sē is śhabda sē mukt hōṅgē tō dūsrō̃ kō bhī mukt kar sakē̃gē . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] andar sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mukt[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] mukt[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . (x|firstly) one’s own inside from this word from free be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then other to too free do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .
113First of all, when you are liberated from this word internally within yourself, you will then be able to liberate others.
99अभी तो दिन-प्रतिदिन आपके आगे मुक्तिदाता मुक्ति दो की क्यू लगने वाली है . abhī tō din-pratidin āpkē āgē muktidātā mukti dō kī|key queue lagnē vālī hai . ab[adv.hī] tō pratidin āp[pn.pl.kē] āgē muktidātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key queue lagnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now then day by day you[.kē] previously bestower of liberation liberation (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) queue x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .
114Now, day by day, there is going to be a queue in front of you of souls calling out, "O bestower of liberation, give us liberation".
100लेकिन अभी तक अपने पुरूषार्थ में भिन्नभिन्न कारण शब्द के कारण मुक्ति का दरवाजा बन्द है . lēkin abhī tak apnē purūṣhārth mē̃ bhinnbhinn kāraṇ śhabda kē|K kāraṇ mukti kā darvājā band hai . lēkin ab[adv.hī] tak apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] bhinn[adj.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] darvājā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] band[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but now until one’s own effort in different because word (of|K) because liberation of door closed be[pres.sg.23] .
115However, until now, because of the excuse of giving many reasons, the gate to liberation is closed.
101इसीलिए आज बापदादा इस शब्द के , इसके साथ और भी कमज़ोर शब्द आते हैं . isīliē āj bāpdādā is śhabda kē|K , iskē sāth aur bhī kamzōr śhabda ātē haĩ . isīliē āj bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.o.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , yah[pn.sg.kē] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bhī[p.] kamjōr[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x today BapDada this word (of|K) , this[.kē] with and too weak word come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 102विशेष है कारण फिर उसमें और भी कमज़ोरियाँ होती हैं , ऐसे वैसे , कैसे , यह भी इनके साथी शब्द हैं , जो दरवाजे बन्द के कारण हैं . viśhēṣh hai kāraṇ phir usmē̃ aur bhī kamazōriyā̃ hōtī haĩ , aisē vaisē , kaisē , yah bhī inkē sāthī śhabda haĩ , jō darvājē band kē|K kāraṇ haĩ . viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] aur bhī[p.] x hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.pl.kē] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , jō[pn.;d.] darvājā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] band[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . special be[pres.sg.23] because (turn[root]|then) that[.mē̃] and too x be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , such x , how , this too this[.kē] companion word be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that door closed (of|K) because be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
116This is why BapDada is.... - there are other weak words with this too, but the main word is reason, and there are other weaknesses with that too: "In this way 'aise', in that way 'wise', how 'kaise' - these words are also connected with it and these are the reasons why the gates are still closed.
103तो आज सब होली मनाने आये हो ना . tō āj sab hōlī|holy manānē āyē hō nā . tō āj sab[adj.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā . then today all (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅ .
117Today, all of you have come to celebrate Holi.
104सब भाग-भाग करके आये हैं . sab bhāg-bhāg karkē āyē haĩ . sab[adj.] bhāg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhāgnā[root] karnā[abs.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . all (part|run[root]) do[abs.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 105स्नेह के विमान में चढ़के आये हैं . snēh kē|K vimān mē̃ chaṛhkē āyē haĩ . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chaṛhnā[abs.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . love (of|K) x in climb[abs.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
118All of you have come running here, having climbed the plane of love.
106बाप से स्नेह है , तो बाप के साथ होली मनाने पहुंच गये हैं . bāp sē snēh hai , tō bāp kē sāth hōlī|holy manānē pahuñch gayē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . father from love be[pres.sg.23] , then father with (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
119You have love for the Father and this is why you have come to celebrate Holi with the Father.
107मुबारक हो , भले पधारे . mubārak hō , bhalē padhārē . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] padhārnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|padhārnā[opt.sg.23] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , benefit (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) .
120Congratulations. 121Welcome.
108बापदादा मुबारक देते हैं . bāpdādā mubārak dētē haĩ . bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
122BapDada is congratulating you.
109बापदादा देख रहे हैं , कुर्सी पर चलने वाले भी , तबियत थोड़ी नीचे ऊपर होते भी हिम्मत से पहुंच गये हैं . bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ , kursī par chalnē vālē bhī , tabiyat thōṛī nīchē ūpar hōtē bhī himmat sē pahuñch gayē haĩ . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , kursī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] , tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nīchē ūpar hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , chair (at|other) continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too , health short down over be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too courage from reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
123BapDada is seeing that even those in wheelchairs, whose health is not so good, have come here with courage.
110बापदादा यह दृश्य देखते हैं , यहाँ क्लास में आते हैं ना . bāpdādā yah dr̥iśhya dēkhtē haĩ , yahā̃ class mē̃ ātē haĩ nā . bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.d.] dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yahā̃ class mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . BapDada this x see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , here class in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ . 111प्रोग्राम में आते हैं तो चेयर पर भी चलके पण्डे को पकड़कर आ जाते हैं . programme mē̃ ātē haĩ tō cēyar par bhī chalkē paṇḍē kō pakaṛkar ā jātē haĩ . programme mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō x par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhī[p.] chalnā[abs.] paṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] pakaṛnā[abs.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . programme in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then x (at|other) too continue[abs.] x to x[abs.] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
124BapDada is seeing this scene. 125When you come to class and the programmes, some come in wheelchairs, holding on to their guides.
112तो इसको क्या कहा जायेगा ? tō iskō kyā kahā jāyēgā ? tō yah[pn.sg.kō] kyā kahnā[fut.m.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[fut.m.sg.23.passive] ? then this[.kō] what (say[fut.m.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|say[fut.m.sg.23.passive]) ?
126So, what would you call this?
113परमात्म प्यार . paramātma pyār . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . Supreme Soul love .
127Love for God.
114बापदादा भी ऐसे हिम्मतवान स्नेही , दिल के स्नेही बच्चों को बहुत-बहुत दिल की दुआयें , दिल का प्यार विशेष दे रहे हैं . bāpdādā bhī aisē himmatvān snēhī , dil kē|K snēhī bachchō̃ kō bahut-bahut dil kī|key duāyē̃ , dil kā pyār viśhēṣh dē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] himmatvān[adj.] snēhī[adj.] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēhī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada too such x loving , heart (of|K) loving child to very heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing , heart of love special give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
128BapDada specially gives lots and lots of blessings and love from the heart to such courageous, loving children who have love in their heart.
115हिम्मत रखके आये हैं , बाप के और परिवार की मदद है ही . himmat rakhkē āyē haĩ , bāp kē|K aur parivār kī|key madad hai hī . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[abs.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . courage keep[abs.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , father (of|K) and family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.sg.23] only .
129You have come here with courage and you have help from the Father and the family.
116सभी को स्थान ठीक मिला है ? sabhī kō sthān ṭhīk milā hai ? sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? all to place OK receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? 117मिला है ? milā hai ? milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
130Have all of you got a comfortable place to stay in?
118जिसको स्थान ठीक मिला है वह हाथ उठाओ . jiskō sthān ṭhīk milā hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.sg.kō] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kō] place OK receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that raise your hands .
131Raise your hands if you have got a comfortable place to stay in?
119फॉरेनर्स को ठीक मिला है ? foreigners kō ṭhīk milā hai ? foreigner kō[postp.] ṭhīk[adj.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? foreigner to OK receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
132Have the foreigners got a good place?
120मेला है मेला . mēlā hai mēlā . mēlā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] mēlā[x] . fair be[pres.sg.23] fair .
133This is a mela.
121वहाँ मेले में तो रेत भी चलती रहती है , खाना भी चलता रहता है . vahā̃ mēlē mē̃ tō rēt bhī chaltī rahtī hai , khānā bhī chaltā rahtā hai . vahā̃ mēlā[x] mē̃[postp.] tō rēt[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] chalnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] , khānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] . there fair in then sand too continue[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] , (eat[inf.m.sg.d.]|eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]) too continue[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
134In those melas, there is so much dust around as you continue to eat your meals.
122आपको ब्रह्मा भोजन अच्छा मिला , मिलता है ? āpkō brahmā bhōjan achchhā milā , miltā hai ? āp[pn.pl.kō] brahmā bhōjan[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , milnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? you[.kō] Brahma bhojan achcha (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , receive[pres.sg.m.23] ?
135Did you get good Brahma bhojan? 136Do you get that?
123अच्छा हाथ हिला रहे हैं . achchhā hāth hilā rahē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . achcha hand make fluctuate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
137Yes, you are waving your hands.
124सोने की तीन पैर पृथ्वी मिली . sōnē kī|key tīn pair pr̥ithvī milī . sōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|sōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tīn pair pr̥ithvī[x] milnā[past-part.f.] . (sleep[inf.m.pl.,o.]|gold) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x receive[past-part.f.] .
138You received three feet of land to sleep on.
125ऐसा मिलन फिर 5 हजार वर्ष के बाद संगम पर ही होगा . aisā milan phir 5 hajār varṣh kē bād saṅgam par hī hōgā . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] 5 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . such meeting (turn[root]|then) 5 1000 year after confluence (at|other) only be[fut.m.sg.23] .
139You will only have such a meeting again after 5000 years, at the confluence age.
126फिर नहीं होगा . phir nahī̃ hōgā . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . (turn[root]|then) not be[fut.m.sg.23] .
140It will not happen before then.
127तो आज बापदादा को संकल्प है कि सब बच्चों के जमा खाते को देखें . tō āj bāpdādā kō saṅkalp hai ki sab bachchō̃ kē|K jamā khātē kō dēkhē̃ . tō āj bāpdādā kō[postp.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sab[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then today BapDada to thought be[pres.sg.23] that all child (of|K) (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) to see[opt.pl.12hon3] .
141So, today, BapDada had the thought to see the account of accumulation of all the children.
128देखा भी है , आगे भी देखेंगे क्योंकि बापदादाने यह पहले ही बच्चों को सूचना दे दी है कि जमा के खाते जमा करने का समय अब संगमयुग है . dēkhā bhī hai , āgē bhī dēkhē̃gē kyōṅki bāpadādānē yah pahlē hī bachchō̃ kō sūchnā dē dī hai ki jamā kē|K khātē jamā karnē kā samay ab saṅgamyug hai . dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āgē bhī[p.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki x yah[pn.sg.d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sūchnā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] ki[conj.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . see[past-part.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] , previously too see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] because x this (x|firstly) only child to x give[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] that (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) (of|K) (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of time now confluence age be[pres.sg.23] .
142He has seen it and will see it in the future too. 143BapDada had given you children a warning about this earlier too, that the account of accumulation and the time for accumulation is only now at the confluence age.
129इस संगमयुग पर अबजितना जमा करने चाहो , सारे कल्प का खाता अब जमा कर सकते हो . is saṅgamyug par abajitanā jamā karnē chāhō , sārē kalp kā khātā ab jamā kar saktē hō . yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] x jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ab[adv.] jamā karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . this confluence age (at|other) x (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , the whole cycle of (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) now accumulate .
144Accumulate as much as you want at this confluence age. 145The account for the whole cycle can be accumulated at this time.
130फिर जमा के खाते की बैंक ही बन्द हो जायेगी . phir jamā kē|K khātē kī|key bank hī band hō jāyēgī . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bank hī[p.] band[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . (turn[root]|then) (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) (of|K) (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) bank only closed be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
146The bank for the account of accumulation will be closed after this.
131फिर क्या करेंगे ? phir kyā karē̃gē ? phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? (turn[root]|then) what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
147What will you do then?
132इसलिए बापदादा को बच्चों से प्यार है ना . isliē bāpdādā kō bachchō̃ sē pyār hai nā . isliē bāpdādā kō[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . therefore BapDada to child from love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 133तो बापदादा जानते हैं कि बच्चे अलबेलेपन में कभी भूल जातेहैं , हो जायेगा , देख लेंगे , कर तो रहे हैं , चल तो रहे हैं ना . tō bāpdādā jāntē haĩ ki bachchē albēlēpan mē̃ kabhī bhūl jātēhaĩ , hō jāyēgā , dēkh lē̃gē , kar tō rahē haĩ , chal tō rahē haĩ nā . tō bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kabhī[adv.] bhūlnā[root]|bhūl[n.f.;sg.] x , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] , karnā[root] tō rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , chalnā[root] tō rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā . then BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that child carelessness in ever (forget[root]|mistake) x , be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , see[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] , do[root] then remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , continue[root] then remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
148This is why BapDada has love for the children and He knows that, out of carelessness, children sometimes forget, thinking, "It will happen, I will see about it, I am doing it, I am moving along".
134बड़े मजे से कहते , आप देख नहीं रहे हो , हम कर रहे हैं , हाँचल तो रहे हैं और क्या करें ? baṛē majē sē kahtē , āp dēkh nahī̃ rahē hō , ham kar rahē haĩ , hā̃cal tō rahē haĩ aur kyā karē̃ ? baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , āp[pn.pl.] dēkhnā[root] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , ham[pn.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , x tō rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ? very pleasure from say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , you see[root] not remain[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , we do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , x then remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and what do[opt.pl.12hon3] ?
149You say with great pleasure: "Can you not see that we are doing it? 150We are moving along, what else can we do?"
135लेकिन चलना और उड़ना कितना फर्क है ? lēkin chalnā aur uṛnā kitnā phark hai ? lēkin chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur uṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? but continue[inf.m.sg.d.] and fly[inf.m.sg.d.] so difference be[pres.sg.23] ?
151However, there is so much difference between walking and flying.
136चल रहे हो मुबारक है . chal rahē hō mubārak hai . chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . continue[pres.pl.m.prog.2] congratulations be[pres.sg.23] . 137लेकिन अभी चलने कासमय समाप्त हो रहा है . lēkin abhī chalnē kāsamay samāpt hō rahā hai . lēkin ab[adv.hī] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x samāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . but now continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] x finished be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . 138अभी उड़ने का समय है . abhī uṛnē kā samay hai . ab[adv.hī] uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] of time be[pres.sg.23] . 139तभी मंज़िल पर पहुंच सकेंगे . tabhī mañzil par pahuñch sakē̃gē . tabhī mañzil[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] pahuñchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . x destination (at|other) reach[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .
152You are moving along, and so congratulations for that, but now, the time for walking is coming to an end and it is now the time to fly, for only then will you be able to reach your destination.
140साधारण प्रजा में आना , भगवान का बच्चाऔर साधारण प्रजा ! sādhāraṇ prajā mē̃ ānā , bhagvān kā baccāaur sādhāraṇ prajā ! sādhāraṇ[adj.] prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x sādhāraṇ[adj.] prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] ! ordinary x in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) , God of x ordinary x !
153To be part of the ordinary subjects when you are a child of God!
141शोभता है ? śhōbhtā hai ? śhōbhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? x[pres.sg.m.23] ?
154Does it seem right for a child of God to be an ordinary subject?
142इसीलिए बापदादा यही चाहता है कि आज से होली का अर्थ है ना - बीती सो बीती . isīliē bāpdādā yahī chāhtā hai ki āj sē hōlī|holy kā arth|earth hai nā - bītī sō bītī . isīliē bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] āj sē[postp.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā - bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|bītnā[past-part.f.] sōnā[root]|sō bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|bītnā[past-part.f.] . x BapDada this x[pres.sg.m.23] that today from (Holi|holy) of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] ∅ - (past|pass[past-part.f.]) (sleep[root]|x) (past|pass[past-part.f.]) .
155This is why BapDada wants from today - the meaning of Holi is to let the past be the past.
143तोहोली मनाने आये हो , तो बीती सो बीती , कोई भी कारण से अगर कोई भी कमज़ोरी रही हुई है तो अब घड़ी बीती सो बीती कर अपना चित्र स्मृति में लाओ , अपना ही चित्रकार बन अपना चित्र निकालो . tōhōlī manānē āyē hō , tō bītī sō bītī , kōī bhī kāraṇ sē agar kōī bhī kamzōrī rahī huī hai tō ab ghaṛī bītī sō bītī kar apnā chitra smr̥iti mē̃ lāō , apnā hī chitrakār ban apnā chitra nikālō . x manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , tō bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|bītnā[past-part.f.] sōnā[root]|sō bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|bītnā[past-part.f.] , kōī bhī[x] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] agar kōī bhī[x] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rahnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] tō ab[adv.] ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|bītnā[past-part.f.] sōnā[root]|sō bītnā[root.past-part+karnā] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] chitrakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , then (past|pass[past-part.f.]) (sleep[root]|x) (past|pass[past-part.f.]) , anyone because from if anyone weakness remain[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] then now moment (past|pass[past-part.f.]) (sleep[root]|x) pass[root.past-part+karnā] (adopt[root]|one’s own) picture awareness in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (adopt[root]|one’s own) only artist (x|become[root]) (adopt[root]|one’s own) picture x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
156You have come here to celebrate Holi, and so let the past be the past. 157Due to whatever reason, if any weakness still remains, then let the past be the past from this moment, and keep your picture in your awareness. 158Become your own artist and paint your own picture.
144पता है - बापदादा अभी भी एक-एक बच्चे का कौन सा चित्र सामने देख रहा है ? patā hai - bāpdādā abhī bhī ēk-ēk bachchē kā kaun sā chitra sāmnē dēkh rahā hai ? patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - bāpdādā ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun sā[x] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāmnē dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ? knowledge be[pres.sg.23] - BapDada now too one child of which picture x see[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ?
159Should BapDada tell you what picture of every child He is seeing in front of Him?
145पता है कौन सा चित्र देख रहे हैं ? patā hai kaun sā chitra dēkh rahē haĩ ? patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kaun sā[x] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ? knowledge be[pres.sg.23] which picture see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?
160Do you know which picture He is seeing?
146अभी आप सभी भी अपना चित्र खींचो . abhī āp sabhī bhī apnā chitra khīñchō . ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now you all too (adopt[root]|one’s own) picture pull[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
161Now, all of you should take a picture of yourself.
147आता है चित्र खींचने आता है ना ! ātā hai chitra khīñchnē ātā hai nā ! ānā[pres.sg.m.23] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! come[pres.sg.m.23] picture pull[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
162Do you know how to take a picture of yourself?
148श्रेष्ठ संकल्प की कलम से अपना चित्र अभी-अभी सामने लाओ . śhrēṣhṭh saṅkalp kī|key kalam sē apnā chitra abhī-abhī sāmnē lāō . śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kalam[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] sāmnē lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . elevated thought (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x from (adopt[root]|one’s own) picture now x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
163With the pen of elevated thoughts, bring your own picture in front of you now.
149पहले सभी ड्रिल करो , माइन्ड ड्रिल . pahlē sabhī drill karō , mind drill . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sab[adv.hī] drill karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , mind drill . (x|firstly) all drill do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x drill .
164First, everyone perform the drill, the mind-drill.
150कर्मेन्द्रियों की ड्रिल नहीं , मन की ड्रिल करो . karmēndriyō̃ kī|key drill nahī̃ , man kī|key drill karō . karmēndriy[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key drill nahī̃[neg] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key drill karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . physical organ (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) drill not , mind (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) drill do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
165Not the drill of the physical organs, but the drill of the mind.
151रेडी , ड्रिल करने के लिए रेडी हैं . ready , drill karnē kē liē ready haĩ . ready , drill karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ready , drill do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for ready be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
166Are you ready to perform the drill?
152कांध हिलाओ . kāndh hilāō . kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . shoulder make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
167Nod in agreement if you are.
153देखो सबसे श्रेष्ठ ते श्रेष्ठ चित्र होता है , ताज , तख्त , तिलकधारी का . dēkhō sabsē śhrēṣhṭh tē śhrēṣhṭh chitra hōtā hai , tāj , takht , tilakdhārī kā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sabsē śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] sē śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] , takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tilakdhārī[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] the most elevated from elevated picture be[pres.sg.m.23] , crown , throne , x of .
168Look, the most elevated picture of all is of someone with a crown, a throne and a tilak.
154तो अपना चित्र सामने लाओ . tō apnā chitra sāmnē lāō . tō apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāmnē lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then (adopt[root]|one’s own) picture x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
169So, bring your own picture in front of you.
155और सब संकल्प किनारे कर देखो , आप सभी बापदादा के दिलतख्त नशीन हैं . aur sab saṅkalp kinārē kar dēkhō , āp sabhī bāpdādā kē|K diltakhta naśhīn haĩ . aur sab[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[root] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K diltakht[n.m.;sg.,d.] naśhīn[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . and all thought x do[root] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , you all BapDada (of|K) heart throne seated be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
170Put aside all other thoughts and see how all of you are seated on BapDada's heart-throne.
156तख्त है ना ! takht hai nā ! takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! throne be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
171You have this throne, do you not?
157ऐसा तख्त तो कहाँ भी नहीं मिलेगा . aisā takht tō kahā̃ bhī nahī̃ milēgā . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō kahā̃ bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . such throne then where too not receive[fut.m.sg.23] .
172You will not receive such a throne anywhere else.
158तो पहले यह चित्र निकालो कि मैं विशेष आत्मा , स्वमानधारी आत्मा , बापदादा की पहली रचना श्रेष्ठ आत्मा , बापदादा के दिलतख्तनशीन हूँ . tō pahlē yah chitra nikālō ki maĩ viśhēṣh ātmā , svamāndhārī ātmā , bāpdādā kī|key pahlī rachnā śhrēṣhṭh ātmā , bāpdādā kē|K diltakhtanaśhīn hū̃ . tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] , svamāndhārī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] , bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rachnā[n.f.;sg.]|rachnā[inf.m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] , bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K diltakhtanaśhīn[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . then (x|firstly) this picture x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that I special soul , those with self-respect soul , BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x (creation|x[inf.m.sg.d.]) elevated soul , BapDada (of|K) seated on the heart throne be[pres.sg.1] .
173So, first take this picture: I, a special soul, a soul with self-respect, BapDada's first creation, an elevated soul, am seated on BapDada's heart-throne.
159तख्तनशीन हो गये ! takhtnaśhīn hō gayē ! takhtnaśhīn[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ! seated on the throne be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] !
174Are you seated on the throne?
160साथ में परमात्म रचना इस वृक्ष के जड़ में बैठी हुई पूर्वज और पूज्य आत्मा हूँ , इस स्मृति का तिलकधारी हूँ . sāth mē̃ paramātma rachnā is vr̥ikṣha kē|K jaṛ mē̃ baiṭhī huī pūrvaj aur pūjya ātmā hū̃ , is smr̥iti kā tilakdhārī hū̃ . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] rachnā[n.f.;sg.]|rachnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] vr̥ikṣha[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] pūrvaj[adj.] aur pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , yah[pn.sg.o.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilakdhārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . with in Supreme Soul (creation|x[inf.m.sg.d.]) this tree (of|K) (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) in sit[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] ancestor and worthy of worship soul be[pres.sg.1] , this awareness of x be[pres.sg.1] .
175Together with that, apply the tilak of the awareness of being a soul who is God's creation, sitting amongst the roots of this tree, an ancestor and a worthy-of-worship soul.
161स्मृति का तिलक लगाया ! smr̥iti kā tilak lagāyā ! smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ! awareness of tilak attach[past-part.m.sg.d.] !
176Did you apply the tilak of this awareness?
162साथ में बेफिकर बादशाह , सारा फिकर का बोझ बापदादा को अर्पण कर डबल लाइट की ताजधारी हूँ . sāth mē̃ bēphikar bādśhāh , sārā phikar kā bōjh bāpdādā kō arpaṇ kar double light kī|key tājdhārī hū̃ . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bēphikr[adj.] bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] arpaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[root] double light[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tājdhārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . with in carefree emperor , the whole worry of burden BapDada to surrender do[root] double-light (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) crowned be[pres.sg.1] .
177Together with that, be a carefree emperor: I have surrendered to BapDada the burden of all my worries and am wearing a double-light crown.
163तो ताज , तिलक और तख्तधारी , ऐसी बाप अर्थात् परमात्म प्यारी आत्मा हूँ . tō tāj , tilak aur takhtadhārī , aisī bāp arthāt paramātma pyārī ātmā hū̃ . tō tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur takhtadhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . then crown , tilak and x , such father that is Supreme Soul loving soul be[pres.sg.1] .
178So, I am one who has a crown, a tilak and a throne. 179I am a soul who is so much loved by God, the Father.
164तो यह चित्र अपना खींच लिया . tō yah chitra apnā khīñch liyā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . then this picture (adopt[root]|one’s own) pull[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
180So, have you taken this picture of yourself?
165सदा यह डबल लाइट का ताज चलते फिरते धारण कर सकते हो . sadā yah double light kā tāj chaltē phirtē dhāraṇ kar saktē hō . sadā yah[pn.sg.d.] double light[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] dhāraṇ karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . constantly this double-light of crown continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] adopt[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
181You can wear this crown of being double-light while walking and moving around.
166कभी भी अपना स्वमान याद करो तो यह ताज , तिलक , तख्तनशीन आत्मा हूँ , यह अपना चित्र दृढ़ संकल्प द्वारा सामने लाओ . kabhī bhī apnā svamān yād karō tō yah tāj , tilak , takhtnaśhīn ātmā hū̃ , yah apnā chitra dr̥iṛh saṅkalp dvārā sāmnē lāō . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svamān[x] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] , takhtnaśhīn[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā sāmnē lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ever too (adopt[root]|one’s own) self-respect remember then this crown , tilak , seated on the throne soul be[pres.sg.1] , this (adopt[root]|one’s own) picture determined thought through x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
182Whenever you remember your self-respect, then remember that you are a soul who has the crown, the tilak and are seated on the heart-throne. 183Bring this picture in front of you with determined thoughts.
167याद है - शुरू-शुरू में आप लोगों का अभ्यास बार-बार एक शब्द की स्मृति में रहता था , वह एक शब्द था - मैं कौन ? yād hai - śhurū-śhurū mē̃ āp lōgō̃ kā abhyās bār-bār ēk śhabda kī|key smr̥iti mē̃ rahtā thā , vah ēk śhabda thā - maĩ kaun ? yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[hab-past.m.sg.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past.m.sg] - maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? remembrance be[pres.sg.23] - beginning in you people of practice time one word (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) awareness in remain[hab-past.m.sg.] , that one word be[past.m.sg] - I who ?
184Do you remember the practice you had in the beginning was to have the awareness of just the one expression: "Who am I?"
168यह मैं कौन ? yah maĩ kaun ? yah[pn.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? this I who ?
185Who am I?
169यह शब्द बार-बार स्मृति में लाओ और अपने भिन्न-भिन्न स्वमान , टाइटल , भगवान के मिले हुए टाइटल . yah śhabda bār-bār smr̥iti mē̃ lāō aur apnē bhinn-bhinn svamān , title , bhagvān kē|K milē huē title . yah[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bār[n.f.;sg.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhinn[adj.] svamān[x] , title , bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] title . this word time awareness in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and one’s own different self-respect , title , God (of|K) (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] title .
186Again and again bring this into your awareness, "Who am I?" and remember your titles of self-respect you have received from God.
170आजकल लोगों को , मनुष्य को मनुष्य से टाइटल मिलता तो भी कितना महत्व समझते हैं और आप बच्चों को बाप द्वारा कितने टाइटल मिले हैं ? ājkal lōgō̃ kō , manuṣhya kō manuṣhya sē title miltā tō bhī kitnā mahatva samajhtē haĩ aur āp bachchō̃ kō bāp dvārā kitnē title milē haĩ ? ājkal log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , manuṣhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] manuṣhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] title milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō bhī[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] title milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? nowadays people to , human being to human being from title receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ so importance understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and you child to father through so title receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
187Nowadays, human beings receive titles from human beings and they still give so much importance to them, whereas you children have received so many titles from the Father.
171स्वमान मिले हैं ? svamān milē haĩ ? svamān[x] milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? self-respect receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
188You have received so much respect.
172सदा स्वमान की लिस्ट अपने बुद्धि में मनन करते रहो . sadā svamān kī|key list apnē buddhi mē̃ manan kartē rahō . sadā svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key list apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] manan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . constantly self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) list one’s own intellect in churning do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
189Always keep churning the list of self- respect in your intellect.
173मैं कौन ? maĩ kaun ? maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? I who ?
190"Who am I"?
174लिस्ट लाओ . list lāō . list lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . list x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
191Bring that list in front of you.
175इसी नशे में रहो तो कारण जो हैं ना , वह शब्द मज र् हो जायेगा और निवारण , हर कर्म में दिखाई देगा . isī naśhē mē̃ rahō tō kāraṇ jō haĩ nā , vah śhabda maj ra hō jāyēgā aur nivāraṇ , har|her karma mē̃ dikhāī dēgā . yah[pn.sg.hī] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , vah[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] x x hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] aur nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , har|harnā[root]|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dikhāī dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . this[.hī] intoxication in remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then because that be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , that word x x be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] and solution , (x|x[root]) deed in be visible .
192Maintain this intoxication and the word "reason" will become merged and you will find a solution in every action.
176जब निवारण का स्वरूप बन जायेंगे तो सव र् आत्माओं को निर्वाणधाम , मुक्तिधाम में सहज जाने का रास्ता बताए मुक्त कर लेंगे . jab nivāraṇ kā svarūp ban jāyēṅgē tō sav ra ātmāō̃ kō nirvāṇdhām , muktidhām mē̃ sahaj jānē kā rāstā batāē mukt kar lē̃gē . jab nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tō x x ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] nirvāṇdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] , muktidhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sahaj[adj.] jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rāstā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] batānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|batānā[opt.sg.23] mukt[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] . when solution of form become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] then x x soul to land of nirvana , land of liberation in easy (go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) of path (tell[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|tell[opt.sg.23]) free do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] .
193When you become an embodiment of solutions, you will easily be able to show all souls the way to go to the land of nirvana, the land of liberation and liberate them.
177दृढ़ संकल्प करो - आता है दृढ़ संकल्प करना ? dr̥iṛh saṅkalp karō - ātā hai dr̥iṛh saṅkalp karnā ? dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - ānā[pres.sg.m.23] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ? determined thought do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - come[pres.sg.m.23] determined thought do[inf.m.sg.d.] ?
194Have a determined thought. 195Do you know how to have a determined thought?
178जब दृढ़ता होती है तो दृढ़ता सफलता की चाबी है . jab dr̥iṛhtā hōtī hai tō dr̥iṛhtā saphaltā kī|key chābī hai . jab dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . when determination be[pres.sg.f.23] then determination success (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) key be[pres.sg.23] .
196When there is determination, then that determination is the key to success.
179जरा भी दृढ़ संकल्प में कमी नहीं लाओ क्योंकि माया का काम है हार खिलाना और आपका काम क्या है ? jarā bhī dr̥iṛh saṅkalp mē̃ kamī nahī̃ lāō kyōṅki māyā kā kām hai hār khilānā aur āpkā kām kyā hai ? zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] khilānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur āp[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x too determined thought in x not x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because Maya of (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] (x|x[root]) feed[inf.m.sg.d.] and you[.kā] (task|lust) what be[pres.sg.23] ?
197Do not allow there to be the slightest weakness in your determined thoughts, because it is Maya's duty to defeat you. 198And what is your duty?
180आपका काम है - बाप के गले का हार बनना , न माया से हार खाना . āpkā kām hai - bāp kē|K galē kā hār bannā , na māyā sē hār khānā . āp[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K galnā[opt.sg.23]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , na[neg] māyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] khānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . you[.kā] (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] - father (of|K) (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat) of (x|x[root]) become[inf.m.sg.d.] , not Maya from (x|x[root]) (eat[inf.m.sg.d.]|eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]) .
199Your duty is to become a garland around the Father's neck, not to be defeated by Maya.
181तो सभी यह संकल्प करो मैं सदा बाप के गले की विजय माला हूँ . tō sabhī yah saṅkalp karō maĩ sadā bāp kē|K galē kī|key vijay mālā hū̃ . tō sab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K galnā[opt.sg.23]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vijay mālā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . then all this thought do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] I constantly father (of|K) (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.sg.1] .
200So, all of you have this thought: I am always a rosary of victory around the Father's neck.
182गले का हार हूँ . galē kā hār hū̃ . galnā[opt.sg.23]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat) of (x|x[root]) be[pres.sg.1] .
201I am a garland around Baba's neck.
183गले का हार विजयी हार है . galē kā hār vijayī hār hai . galnā[opt.sg.23]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] vijayī[adj.] hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat) of (x|x[root]) victorious (x|x[root]) be[pres.sg.23] .
202I am a rosary of victory around the Father's neck.
184तो बापदादा हाथ उठवाते हैं तो आप क्या बनेंगे ? tō bāpdādā hāth uṭhvātē haĩ tō āp kyā banē̃gē ? tō bāpdādā hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhvānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.] kyā bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then BapDada hand make raise[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then you what become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? 185सब क्या उत्तर देते हैं ? sab kyā uttar dētē haĩ ? sab[adj.] kyā uttar[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? all what answer give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
203So, when BapDada asks you to raise your hands as to what you will become, what reply do you give?
186एक ही उत्तर देते हैं लक्ष्मी-नारायण बनेंगे . ēk hī uttar dētē haĩ lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ banē̃gē . ēk[adj.] hī[p.] uttar[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . one only answer give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Lakshmi and Narayan become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 187रामसीता नहीं . rāmasītā nahī̃ . x nahī̃[neg] . x not .
204You all give just the one reply that you will become Lakshmi and Narayan, not Rama and Sita.
188तो लक्ष्मी-नारायण बनने वाले हम बापदादा के विजयी माला के मणके हैं , पूज्य आत्मायें हैं , आपके माला का मणका जपते जपते अपनी समस्याओं को समाप्त करते हैं . tō lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ bannē vālē ham bāpdādā kē|K vijayī mālā kē|K maṇakē haĩ , pūjya ātmāyē̃ haĩ , āpkē mālā kā maṇkā japtē japtē apnī samasyāō̃ kō samāpt kartē haĩ . tō lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ham[pn.pl.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vijayī[adj.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K maṇkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.kē] mālā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] maṇkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] japnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] japnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] samasyā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] samāpt karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then Lakshmi and Narayan become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who we BapDada (of|K) victorious garland (of|K) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , worthy of worship soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] , you[.kē] garland of x x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] one’s own problem to x .
205So, those who are to become Lakshmi and Narayan, you are the beads of the rosary of victory around BapDada's neck. 206You are worthy-of-worship souls. 207By rotating the beads of your rosary, people finish their problems.
189ऐसे श्रेष्ठ मणके हो . aisē śhrēṣhṭh maṇakē hō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] maṇkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . such elevated x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
208You are such elevated beads.
190तो आज बापदादा को क्या देंगे ? tō āj bāpdādā kō kyā dēgē ? tō āj bāpdādā kō[postp.] kyā dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then today BapDada to what give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
209So, what will you give BapDada today?
191होली की कोई तो गिफ्ट देंगे ना ! hōlī|holy kī|key kōī tō gift dēgē nā ! hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kōī[pn.;d.] tō gift dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! (Holi|holy) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) some then gift give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
210You will give some gift for Holi, will you not?
192यह कारण शब्द , यह तो तो , और कारण , तो तो करेंगे तो तोता बन जायेंगे ना . yah kāraṇ śhabda , yah tō tō , aur kāraṇ , tō tō karē̃gē tō tōtā ban jāyēṅgē nā . yah[pn.sg.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō tō , aur kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tō tō karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō tōtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] nā . this because word , this then then , and because , then then do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then x become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ .
211This word "reason" and "toh, toh" (and so this, and so that). 212By saying, "toh, toh," you will become like parrots.
193तो तो भी नहीं , ऐसे वैसे भी नहीं , कोई भी प्रकार का कारण नहीं , निवारण . tō tō bhī nahī̃ , aisē vaisē bhī nahī̃ , kōī bhī prakār kā kāraṇ nahī̃ , nivāraṇ . tō tō bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] , kōī bhī[x] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then ∅ not , such x too not , anyone form of because not , solution .
213Not even giving reason such as "like this, like that". 214Do not give any type of reason, but just find a solution.
194तो आज , होली बापदादा के सदा संग में रहने की , कम्बाइण्ड रहने की होली मनाई ? tō āj , hōlī|holy bāpdādā kē|K sadā saṅg mē̃ rahnē kī|key , combined rahnē kī|key hōlī|holy manāī ? tō āj , hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sadā saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , combined rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[past-part.f.] ? then today , (Holi|holy) BapDada (of|K) constantly company in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , combined remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (Holi|holy) celebrate[past-part.f.] ?
215Today's Holi is the Holi of constantly staying in the combined form with BapDada.
195सबसे पक्के में पक्का संग में रहना है कम्बाइण्ड रूप . sabsē pakkē mē̃ pakkā saṅg mē̃ rahnā hai combined rūp . sabsē pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] combined rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] . the most firm in firm company in remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1] combined Rup .
216Did you celebrate such a Holi? 217To remain in the strongest company of all is to be in the combined form.
196साथ वाला फिर भी आगे पीछे हो सकता लेकिन कम्बाइण्ड सदा साथ रहता है . sāth vālā phir bhī āgē pīchhē hō saktā lēkin combined sadā sāth rahtā hai . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phir bhī[x] āgē pīchhē hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin combined sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . with those who nevertheless previously x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] but combined constantly with remain[pres.sg.m.23] .
218Those who are with you can be a little bit ahead or behind, but those who are combined are always together.
197तो होली अर्थात् बाप के संग के रंग में रहना . tō hōlī|holy arthāt bāp kē|K saṅg kē|K raṅg mē̃ rahnā . tō hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] arthāt bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then (Holi|holy) that is father (of|K) company (of|K) (colour|x[root]) in remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
219So, Holi means to be in the colour of the Father's company.
198बाप का रंग लगाना है अर्थात् समान बनना है . bāp kā raṅg lagānā hai arthāt samān bannā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] lagānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] arthāt samān[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . father of (colour|x[root]) attach[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that is equal become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
220You have to colour yourself with the Father's colour, that is, you have to become equal.
199तो कम्बाइण्ड हैं ना कि कभी-कभी हैं ! tō combined haĩ nā ki kabhī-kabhī haĩ ! tō combined hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! then combined be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ that ever be[pres.pl.12hon3] !
221So, you are combined, are you not? 222Or, are you that only sometimes?
200कई बच्चे देखा है पुरूषार्थ करके थोड़े कमज़ोर हो जाते हैं ना तो अकेलापन पसन्द करते हैं , कोई को साथ नहीं पसन्द करते , अकेला रहना , अकेला सोचना , यह अकेलापन भी नहीं ठीक , प्रभू परिवार है . kaī bachchē dēkhā hai purūṣhārth karkē thōṛē kamzōr hō jātē haĩ nā tō akēlāpan pasand kartē haĩ , kōī kō sāth nahī̃ pasand kartē , akēlā rahnā , akēlā sōchnā , yah akēlāpan bhī nahī̃ ṭhīk , prabhū parivār hai . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] puruṣhārth karnā[abs.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kamjōr[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] nā tō akēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] kō[postp.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] pasand[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] akēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] ṭhīk[adj.] , prabhu[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some child see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] effort do[abs.] short weak be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ then x love do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , some to with not love do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , alone remain[inf.m.sg.d.] , alone think[inf.m.sg.d.] , this x too not OK , God family be[pres.sg.23] . 201इतने प्रभु परिवार के साथी अकेले कैसे होंगे ! itnē prabhu parivār kē|K sāthī akēlē kaisē hōṅgē ! itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prabhu parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! such God family (of|K) companion alone how be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
223It has been seen that some children make effort and become a little weak, and so they prefer to be left alone. 224They don't want any company, and they just want to be alone and think in their solitude. 225This solitude is not so good. 226This is God's family and you have so many companions in God's family and so how can you be left alone?
202यह माया की चालाकी हैं . yah māyā kī|key chālākī haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chālākī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this Maya (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) trickery be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
227This is Maya's cleverness.
203पहले अकेला कर देती फिर वार करती . pahlē akēlā kar dētī phir vār|war kartī . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[root] dēnā[pres-part.f.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] vār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|war karnā[pres-part.f.] . (x|firstly) alone do[root] give[pres-part.f.] (turn[root]|then) (x|war) do[pres-part.f.] .
228She first of all singles you out and then attacks you.
204माला में देखो अकेला मोती है ? mālā mē̃ dēkhō akēlā mōtī hai ? mālā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mōtī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? garland in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] alone pearl be[pres.sg.23] ?
229In the rosary, is there just one bead?
205माला में विशेषता क्या है ? mālā mē̃ viśhēṣhtā kyā hai ? mālā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? garland in speciality what be[pres.sg.23] ?
230What is the speciality of a rosary?
206एक मोती का दूसरे मोती से समीप का सम्बन्ध है , जरा भी बीच में धागा नहीं दिखता है . ēk mōtī kā dūsrē mōtī sē samīp kā sambandh hai , jarā bhī bīch mē̃ dhāgā nahī̃ dikhtā hai . ēk[adj.] mōtī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mōtī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] samīp[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bīch mē̃[postp.] dhāgā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] dikhnā[pres.sg.m.23] . one pearl of other pearl from close of relationship be[pres.sg.23] , x too centre in thread not seem[pres.sg.m.23] .
231One bead has a close relationship with the next bead. 232The thread is not visible even slightly in between.
207स्नेही , सहयोगी , साथी यही आपका यादगार है . snēhī , sahyōgī , sāthī yahī āpkā yādgār hai . snēhī[adj.] , sahyōgī[adj.] , sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahī[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] yādgār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . loving , co-operative , companion this you[.kā] memorial be[pres.sg.23] .
233To be loving, co-operative companions is your memorial.
208तो होली मनाई ? tō hōlī|holy manāī ? tō hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[past-part.f.] ? then (Holi|holy) celebrate[past-part.f.] ?
234So, did you celebrate the Holi?
209बाप समान बनना अर्थात् संग के रंग में आ जाना . bāp samān bannā arthāt saṅg kē|K raṅg mē̃ ā jānā . bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] mē̃[postp.] ānā[root] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] that is company (of|K) (colour|x[root]) in come[root] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) .
235To be equal to the Father means to be coloured by the company.
210तो सबका संकल्प क्या है ? tō sabkā saṅkalp kyā hai ? tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then everyone's thought what be[pres.sg.23] ?
236What is everyone's thought?
211समान बनना है ना ! samān bannā hai nā ! samān[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ! equal become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ !
237It is to become equal, is it not?
212बाप को खुशी है , बापदादा एक-एक बच्चे को समान बनने की , श्रेष्ठ संकल्प करने की पदम पदमगुणा मुबारक दे रहे हैं . bāp kō khuśhī hai , bāpdādā ēk-ēk bachchē kō samān bannē kī|key , śhrēṣhṭh saṅkalp karnē kī|key padam padamguṇā mubārak dē rahē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāpdādā ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] samān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . father to happiness be[pres.sg.23] , BapDada one child to equal become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , elevated thought do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) multimillion multimillion-fold congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
238The Father is happy. 239BapDada is giving multimillion-fold congratulations to each child for becoming equal and for having elevated thoughts.
213मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . mubārak hō , mubārak hō , mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
240Congratulations, congratulations.
214नशा है ना - हमारे जितना पदम-पदम भाग्यवान कौन ? naśhā hai nā - hamārē jitnā padam-padam bhāgyavān kaun ? naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā - ham[pn.pl.kē] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāgyavān[x] kaun[pn.;d.] ? intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅ - we[.kē] the more multimillion fortunate who ?
241You have the intoxication: "Who else is as multimillion times fortunate as I am?"
215इसी नशे में रहो . isī naśhē mē̃ rahō . yah[pn.sg.hī] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this[.hī] intoxication in remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
242Maintain this intoxication.
216जो पहले बारी मिलने आये हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . jō pahlē bārī milnē āyē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that (x|firstly) x receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .
243Those who have come to meet BapDada for the first time, raise your hands!
217तो पहले बारी जो बच्चे हिम्मत रखके आये हैं उन्हों को विशेष बापदादा इस संगठन के मौज मनाने की मुबारक दे रहे हैं और साथ में विशेष वरदान दे रहे हैं - वह वरदान है अमर भव . tō pahlē bārī jō bachchē himmat rakhkē āyē haĩ unhō̃ kō viśhēṣh bāpdādā is saṅgaṭhan kē|K mauj manānē kī|key mubārak dē rahē haĩ aur sāth mē̃ viśhēṣh vardān dē rahē haĩ - vah vardān hai amar bhav . tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[abs.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgaṭhan[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mauj[n.f.;sg.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - vah[pn.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] amar[adj.] bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhav . then (x|firstly) x that child courage keep[abs.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that to special BapDada this gathering (of|K) pleasure celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and with in special blessing give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - that blessing be[pres.sg.23] immortal (x|may you be) .
244BapDada is specially congratulating the children who have come for the first time for celebrating the pleasure of the gathering at this confluence age. 245Together with that, He is giving a special blessing: May you be immortal.
218यह वरदान सदा अमृतवेले मिलन मनाने के बाद सारे दिन के लिए बार-बार याद रखना . yah vardān sadā amr̥itvēlē milan manānē kē bād sārē din kē liē bār-bār yād rakhnā . yah[pn.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] bār[n.f.;sg.] yād rakhnā[x] . this blessing constantly amrit vela meeting celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] after the whole day for time remember .
246After celebrating a meeting with Baba at amrit vela, always remember this blessing for the whole day.
219अमर हूँ , अमर बाप का बच्चा हूँ , अमरपद प्राप्त करने वाली आत्मा हूँ . amar hū̃ , amar bāp kā bachchā hū̃ , amarapad prāpt karnē vālī ātmā hū̃ . amar[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , amar[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , x prāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . immortal be[pres.sg.1] , immortal father of child be[pres.sg.1] , x reached do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who soul be[pres.sg.1] .
247I am immortal, a child of the Immortal Father. 248I am a soul who is going to attain an immortal status.
220जन्म भले लेंगे लेकिन सुख शान्ति अमर रहेगी . janm bhalē lē̃gē lēkin sukh śhānti amar rahēgī . janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhānti amar[adj.] rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] . (life|be born[root]) benefit take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but happiness peace immortal remain[fut.f.sg.23] .
249You may take another birth, but your happiness and peace will remain immortal.
221अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
250Achcha.
222सेवा का टर्न दिल्ली-आगरा का है : बापदादा ने देखा है जिस भी जोन को टर्न मिलता है ना वह बड़ी दिल से , खुली दिल से सभी को चांस दिला देते हैं . sēvā kā turn dillī-āgarā kā hai : bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai jis bhī zone kō turn miltā hai nā vah baṛī dil sē , khulī dil sē sabhī kō chance dilā dētē haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] : bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] jō[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] zone kō[postp.] tum milnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā vah[pn.sg.d.] baṛī dil[x] sē[postp.] , khulnā[past-part.f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] chance dilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . service of you x of be[pres.sg.23] : BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that too zone to you receive[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ that x from , open up[past-part.f.] heart from all to chance x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
251Delhi and Agra zones are responsible for serving this turn: BapDada has seen that whichever zone's turn it is, they give everyone a chance with a big heart and an open heart.
223अच्छा है यह , डबल फायदा हो जाता है . achchhā hai yah , double phāydā hō jātā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] , double fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] this , double profit be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
252This is good. 253It brings double benefit.
224एक है यज्ञ सेवा का और दूसरा यज्ञ सेवा का पुण्य तो बहुत बड़ा है . ēk hai yagya sēvā kā aur dūsrā yagya sēvā kā puṇya tō bahut baṛā hai . ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one be[pres.sg.23] sacrificial fire service of and other sacrificial fire service of charity then very very be[pres.sg.23] .
254One is of serving the yagya, and the other is that the charity of serving the yagya is great.
225एक का लाख गुणा फल मिलता है . ēk kā lākh guṇā phal miltā hai . ēk[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lākh[x] guṇā phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . one of 100,000 fold fruit receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
255You receive a hundred-thousand-fold fruit of one.
226यज्ञ की महिमा कम नहीं है . yagya kī|key mahimā cum|kam nahī̃ hai . yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . sacrificial fire (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) praise (x|less) not be[pres.sg.23] .
256The praise of the yagya is not a small thing.
227तो जो भी आते हैं उनको बहुत फायदे हैं . tō jō bhī ātē haĩ unkō bahut phāydē haĩ . tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] bahut fāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then that too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kō] very profit be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
257Whoever comes receives a lot of benefit.
228एक यज्ञ सेवा का पुण्य जमा होता है और दूसरा इतनी श्रेष्ठ आत्मायें मधुबन में ही इकट्ठी मिलती हैं . ēk yagya sēvā kā puṇya jamā hōtā hai aur dūsrā itnī śhrēṣhṭh ātmāyē̃ madhuban mē̃ hī ikaṭṭhī miltī haĩ . ēk[adj.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . one sacrificial fire service of charity (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres.sg.m.23] and other such elevated soul Madhuban in only together receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
258One is that you accumulate the charity of serving the yagya and secondly, so many elevated souls come together in Madhuban.
229चाहे पाण्डव हैं , चाहे दादियां हैं , चाहे महारथी बहन-भाई हैं और साथ में इतना बेहद का परिवार कहाँ मिलेगा आपको . chāhē pāṇḍav haĩ , chāhē dādiyā̃ haĩ , chāhē mahārathī bahan-bhāī haĩ aur sāth mē̃ itnā bēhad kā parivār kahā̃ milēgā āpkō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī-bahin[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bēhad kā[x] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahā̃ milnā[fut.m.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.kō] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Pandava be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Dadi be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) maharathi brother and sister be[pres.pl.12hon3] and with in such unlimited family where receive[fut.m.sg.23] you[.kō] .
259Whether they are Pandavas, Dadis, Maharathi brothers and sisters, and such an unlimited family - where else will you find such an unlimited family?
230सतयुग में भी छोटा परिवार होगा . satyug mē̃ bhī chhōṭā parivār hōgā . satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . golden age in too small family be[fut.m.sg.23] .
260Even in the golden age, it will be a small family.
231अभी कितनी संख्या आई है ? abhī kitnī saṅkhyā āī hai ? ab[adv.hī] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? now so x come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
261How many people have come now?
232 ( 17 , 500 भाई-बहनें आये हैं , उसमें 500 बच्चे हैं ) 500 बच्चे आये हैं तो कितने तकदीरवान हैं . ( 17 , 500 bhāī-bahanē̃ āyē haĩ , usmē̃ 500 bachchē haĩ ) 500 bachchē āyē haĩ tō kitnē takdīrvān haĩ . ( 17 , 500 bhāī-bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] 500 bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) 500 bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] takdīrvān[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ( 17 , 500 brother and sister come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.mē̃] 500 child be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) 500 child come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] then so fortunate be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
262(17,500 brothers and sisters have come, and there are 500 children in that.)
233इतने हजारों का परिवार न सतयुग में मिलेगा , न त्रेता में मिलेगा , न द्वापर , कलियुग में मिलेगा . itnē hajārō̃ kā parivār na satyug mē̃ milēgā , na trētā mē̃ milēgā , na dvāpar , kaliyug mē̃ milēgā . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hazār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] na[neg] satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] , na[neg] trētā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] , na[neg] dvāpar , kaliyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . such 1000 of family not golden age in receive[fut.m.sg.23] , not silver age in receive[fut.m.sg.23] , not copper age , iron age in receive[fut.m.sg.23] .
263500 children have come and so they are so fortunate. 264You will not find a family of so many thousands in the golden, silver, copper or iron ages.
234ऐसा एक परिवार 17 हजार का परिवार , कभी सुना है ! aisā ēk parivār 17 hajār kā parivār , kabhī sunā hai ! aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] 17 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kabhī[adv.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ! such one family 17 1000 of family , ever listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] !
265Have you ever heard of one family having 17,000 members?
235सम्भालना ही मुश्किल हो जाए . sambhālnā hī muśhkil hō jāē . sambhālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . be careful[inf.m.sg.d.] only difficult be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
266It would be difficult to look after everyone.
236लेकिन यहाँ देखो सभी मजे मजे से रह रहे हैं . lēkin yahā̃ dēkhō sabhī majē majē sē rah rahē haĩ . lēkin yahā̃ dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sab[adv.hī] mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . but here see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] all pleasure pleasure from remain[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
267However, here, look how everyone is living together with such pleasure!
237तो कितना फायदा है . tō kitnā phāydā hai . tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then so profit be[pres.sg.23] .
268So, there is so much benefit.
238परिवार से मिलना कब नहीं होता है . parivār sē milnā kab nahī̃ hōtā hai . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kab nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . family from receive[inf.m.sg.d.] when not be[pres.sg.m.23] . 239और यह तो विशेष भगवान का परिवार है . aur yah tō viśhēṣh bhagvān kā parivār hai . aur yah[pn.sg.d.] tō viśhēṣh[adj.] bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and this then special God of family be[pres.sg.23] .
269Hardly anywhere else does a meeting of the family take place, whereas here, this is God's special family.
240अच्छा दिल्ली वालों ने भविष्य राजधानी दिल्ली को बनाना है ना . achchhā dillī vālō̃ nē bhaviṣhya rājdhānī dillī kō banānā hai nā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . achcha Delhi those who ∅ future kingdom Delhi to create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .
270Those from Delhi have to make Delhi into the future capital.
241पक्का है ना ! pakkā hai nā ! pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! firm be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
271Is that firm?
242तैयार हो ना ! taiyār hō nā ! taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
272Are you ready?
243तो सभी के लिए बहुत बड़ा परिवार है , सभी आपकी दिल्ली में आयेंगे . tō sabhī kē liē bahut baṛā parivār hai , sabhī āpkī dillī mē̃ āyēṅgē . tō sab[adv.hī] kē liē[x] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.kī] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then all for very very family be[pres.sg.23] , all you[.kī] Delhi in come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
273So, this is a very big family for everyone. 274Everyone will come to your Delhi.
244साथी बनेंगे आपके ? sāthī banē̃gē āpkē ? sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] āp[pn.pl.kē] ? companion become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] you[.kē] ?
275They will become your companions.
245तो तैयारी भी तो करनी है ना . tō taiyārī bhī tō karnī hai nā . tō taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] tō karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . then x too then do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .
276So, you have to make preparations, do you not?
246तो तैयारी की है दिल्ली में ? tō taiyārī kī hai dillī mē̃ ? tō taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ? then x do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] Delhi in ?
277So, have you made the preparations in Delhi?
247आह्वाहन किया है सभी को ? āhvāhan kiyā hai sabhī kō ? x karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] ? x do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] all to ?
278Have you invoked everyone?
248अभी तो दिल्ली खिटपिट में हो . abhī tō dillī khiṭpiṭ mē̃ hō . ab[adv.hī] tō dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] khiṭpiṭ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . now then Delhi x in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
279Now Delhi is in trouble.
249रोज खबरें सुनो तो क्या खबरें आती हैं ? rōj khabarē̃ sunō tō kyā khabarē̃ ātī haĩ ? rōz x sunnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kyā x ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ? day x listen[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then what x come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ?
280When you listen to the news every day, what is the news?
250गड़बड़ सड़बड़ . gaṛbaṛ saṛabaṛ . gaṛbaṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] x . x x .
281Nothing but problems!
251और अब क्या बनेंगी ? aur ab kyā banē̃gī ? aur ab[adv.] kyā bannā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ? and now what become[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?
282And what will it become now?
252कौन सी दिल्ली बनेंगी ? kaun see|sī|C dillī banē̃gī ? kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ? who (see|x) Delhi become[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?
283What Delhi will it become?
253सोने की दिल्ली बनेंगी . sōnē kī|key dillī banē̃gī . sōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|sōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . (sleep[inf.m.pl.,o.]|gold) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Delhi become[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
284It will become Golden Delhi.
254सभी को स्थान देंगे ना . sabhī kō sthān dēgē nā . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . all to place give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
285You will give a place to everyone, will you not?
255सभी को राजधानी में मंगायेंगे ना . sabhī kō rājdhānī mē̃ maṅgāyēṅgē nā . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] rājdhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] maṅgānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . all to kingdom in ask to bring[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
286You will call everyone to the capital, will you not?
256तो दिल्ली वालों को पहले दिल्ली को तैयार करना पड़ेगा . tō dillī vālō̃ kō pahlē dillī kō taiyār karnā paṛēgā . tō dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . then Delhi those who to (x|firstly) Delhi to x do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
287So, those from Delhi will first of all have to get Delhi ready.
257तब तो आयेंगे ना सभी . tab tō āyēṅgē nā sabhī . tab tō ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā sab[adv.hī] . for only then then come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ all .
288Only then will everyone come.
258दिल्ली वालों में विशेषतायें हैं . dillī vālō̃ mē̃ viśhēṣhatāyē̃ haĩ . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Delhi those who in speciality be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
289Those from Delhi have many specialities.
259बापदादा ने देखा है कि दिल्ली वालों ने कई सेवाओं की विशेषतायें इमर्ज की हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki dillī vālō̃ nē kaī sēvāō̃ kī|key viśhēṣhatāyē̃ emerge kī haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] kaī sēvā[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] emerge karnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that Delhi those who ∅ some service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality emerge do[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .
290BapDada has seen that those from Delhi have made many special types of service emerge from Delhi.
260निमित्त बनें हैं . nimitt banē̃ haĩ . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . instrument become[opt.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
291You have become instruments.
261अभी दिल्ली को सोने की दिल्ली बनाने के लिए ऐसा कोई प्लैन बनाओ जो सबके दिल से निकले वाह ! abhī dillī kō sōnē kī|key dillī banānē kē liē aisā kōī plan banāō jō sabkē dil sē nikalē vāh ! ab[adv.hī] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] sōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|sōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] vāh ! now Delhi to (sleep[inf.m.pl.,o.]|gold) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Delhi create[inf.m.pl.,o.] for such some plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that everyone's heart from (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) wah! !
292Now, in order to make Delhi into Golden Delhi, make such plans that the sound of "Wah! 293Wah!" emerges from everyone's heart.
262निमित्त दिल्ली वाले आपने हमको स्वर्ग का राज्य भाग्य दिला दिया ! nimitt dillī vālē āpnē hamkō svarg kā rājya bhāgya dilā diyā ! nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.nē] ham[pn.pl.kō] svarg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] ! instrument Delhi those who you[.nē] we[.kō] heaven of kingdom x x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] !
294The instruments from Delhi, you have given us the fortune of the kingdom of heaven!
263क्योंकि दिल्ली में ही स्वर्ग बनना है . kyōṅki dillī mē̃ hī svarg bannā hai . kyōṅki dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] svarg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because Delhi in only heaven become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
295Heaven is going to be created in Delhi.
264स्थापना तो वहाँ होनी है . sthāpanā tō vahā̃ hōnī hai . sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] tō vahā̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . establishment then there be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
296The establishment has to take place there.
265अच्छा है , संगठन भी अच्छा है और सेवा के प्लैन बनाने में भी विशेष आत्मायें हैं . achchhā hai , saṅgaṭhan bhī achchhā hai aur sēvā kē|K plan banānē mē̃ bhī viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , saṅgaṭhan[x] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K plan banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , gathering too achcha be[pres.sg.23] and service (of|K) plan create[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too special soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
297It is good. 298The gathering is also good, and there are special souls to make plans for service there.
266और दिल्ली से साकार ब्रह्मा और जगदम्बा और निमित्त बनी हुई सर्व दादियों का प्यार रहा है . aur dillī sē sākār brahmā aur jagadambā aur nimitt banī huī sarv dādiyō̃ kā pyār rahā hai . aur dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur jagadambā[x] aur nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] sarv[adj.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . and Delhi from sakar Brahma and Jagadamba and instrument become[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] all Dadi of love remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
299Sakar Brahma, Jagadamba and all the instrument Dadis have had love for Delhi.
267कोई दादी है जो दिल्ली में नहीं गई हो ! kōī dādī hai jō dillī mē̃ nahī̃ gaī hō ! kōī[pn.;d.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] ! some Dadi be[pres.sg.23] that Delhi in not go[pres-perf.pl.f.2] !
300Is there any Dadi who hasn't been to Delhi?
268कोई नहीं है . kōī nahī̃ hai . kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some not be[pres.sg.23] .
301There isn't anyone.
269तो दिल्ली वाले अभी सेवा में भी कोई नया प्लैन बनाओ . tō dillī vālē abhī sēvā mē̃ bhī kōī nayā plan banāō . tō dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then Delhi those who now service in too some new plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
302So, those from Delhi, make some new plans for service.
270अभी सभी जोन नवीनता चाहते हैं , क्योंकि बहुत कर चुके हैं ना . abhī sabhī zone navīntā chāhtē haĩ , kyōṅki bahut kar chukē haĩ nā . ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] zone navīntā[n.f.;sg.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kyōṅki bahut karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+cuknā] nā . now all zone newness x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , because very do[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+cuknā] ∅ .
303Now, all the zones want some newness because they all have done a lot of everything else.
271अभी अमृतवेले खास बैठना और कोई नये प्लैन को सोचना , निकल आयेगा . abhī amr̥itvēlē khās baiṭhnā aur kōī nayē plan kō sōchnā , nikal āyēgā . ab[adv.hī] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] khās baiṭhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur kōī[x] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] plan kō[postp.] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , nikalnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+ānā] . now amrit vela x sit[inf.m.sg.d.] someone else new plan to think[inf.m.sg.d.] , be extracted[fut.m.sg.23.root+ānā] .
304Now, especially sit at amrit vela and think about new plans and they will emerge.
272अभी भी जो सेवा कर रहे हो वह अच्छी कर रहे हो . abhī bhī jō sēvā kar rahē hō vah achchhī kar rahē hō . ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . now too that service do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] that achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
305Even now, the service that you are doing is good.
273सभी जोन कुछ न कुछ करते तो रहते हैं . sabhī zone kuchh na kuchh kartē tō rahtē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] zone kuchh na[neg] kuchh karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . all zone anything not anything do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
306All the zones continue to do one thing or another.
274बापदादा ने सुना - कि जहाँ बापदादा ने बच्चों को सेवा करने के लिए गिफ्ट में स्थान बनाके दिया है , चाहे दिल्ली ओ . आर . सी . में , चाहे हैदराबाद में , हैदराबाद वाली कहाँ है ( कुलदीप बहन को ) अभी वहाँ भी अच्छी सेवा की लहर आरम्भ हो गई है . bāpdādā nē sunā - ki jahā̃ bāpdādā nē bachchō̃ kō sēvā karnē kē liē gift mē̃ sthān banākē diyā hai , chāhē dillī ō . are|or . see|sī|C . mē̃ , chāhē haidarābād mē̃ , haidarābād vālī kahā̃ hai ( Kuldīp bahan kō ) abhī vahā̃ bhī achchhī sēvā kī|key lahar ārambh hō gaī hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] - ki[conj.] jahā̃ bāpdādā nē[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] gift mē̃[postp.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[abs.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] O . be|or . see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C . mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] haidarābād[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , haidarābād[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kahā̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] ( x bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] ) ab[adv.hī] vahā̃ bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lahar[n.f.;sg.] ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . BapDada ∅ (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) - that where there BapDada ∅ child to service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] for gift in place create[abs.] give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Delhi x . (be|x) . (see|x) . in , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Hyderabad in , Hyderabad those who where be[pres.sg.23] ( x x to ) now there too achcha service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) wave x be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
307BapDada has heard that wherever BapDada has given the children a ready-made place as a gift for them to do service - whether it is ORC in Delhi or Hyderabad - where is the sister from Hyderabad? 308(Kuldipben). 309Very good waves of service have begun there too.
275अच्छी हिम्मत रखी है , हिम्मत की बापदादा विशेष मुबारक दे रहे हैं . achchhī himmat rakhī hai , himmat kī|key bāpdādā viśhēṣh mubārak dē rahē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāpdādā viśhēṣh[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . achcha courage keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , courage (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) BapDada special congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
310You have maintained good courage. 311BapDada is giving special congratulations for your courage.
276दिल्ली में भी भिन्न-भिन्न प्रकार से स्थान बिजी रखने में अच्छी मेहनत कर रहे हैं . dillī mē̃ bhī bhinn-bhinn prakār sē sthān busy rakhnē mē̃ achchhī mēhnat kar rahē haĩ . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bhinn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] busy rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . Delhi in too different form from place busy keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] in achcha effort do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
312In Delhi too, you are making very good effort to keep the place busy with different types of service.
277वैसे बापदादा के पास सभी जोन भिन्न-भिन्न रूप में , जैसे गुजरात है वह यूथ की कर रहे हैं , चाहे गांव में कर रहे हैं , चाहे यूथ की कर रहे हैं . vaisē bāpdādā kē pās sabhī zone bhinn-bhinn rūp mē̃ , jaisē gujarāt hai vah youth kī kar rahē haĩ , chāhē gānv mē̃ kar rahē haĩ , chāhē youth kī kar rahē haĩ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] sab[adv.hī] zone bhinn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gujarāt hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] youth karnā[root.past-part+karnā] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] youth karnā[root.past-part+karnā] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . x BapDada to all zone different Rup in , like Gujarat be[pres.sg.23] that youth do[root.past-part+karnā] remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) village in do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) youth do[root.past-part+karnā] remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
313BapDada receives news of all the zones in their different services. 314For instance, Gujurat is serving the Youth and the Rural wings.
278तो हर एक जोन अपने-अपने हिसाब से सेवा में अच्छी रूचि रख रहे हैं क्योंकि हर एक जोन में भिन्न-भिन्न वर्ग होने के कारण वर्गीकरण की सेवा सहज है . tō har ēk zone apnē-apnē hisāb sē sēvā mē̃ achchhī rūchi rakh rahē haĩ kyōṅki har ēk zone mē̃ bhinn-bhinn varg hōnē kē|K kāraṇ vargīkaraṇ kī|key sēvā sahaj hai . tō har ēk[x] zone apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ruchi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] kyōṅki har ēk[x] zone mē̃[postp.] bhinn[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vargīkaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then each one zone one’s own account from service in achcha interest keep[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] because each one zone in different profession be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because serving the professions (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service easy be[pres.sg.23] .
315All the zones, in their own way, have a good interest in doing service. 316Because each zone has all the different wings, it is easy to serve the wings.
279समाचार तो बापदादा के पास आता है , बापदादा खुश होते हैं लेकिन अभी चाहिए , जैसे पहले छोटा-छोटा बेल बजाके एडवरटाइज करते हैं और कहाँ-कहाँ बड़े ते बड़ा ढोल बजाते हो , वार्निग देते हैं यह होना है , यह होना है . samāchār tō bāpdādā kē pās ātā hai , bāpdādā khuśh hōtē haĩ lēkin abhī chāhiē , jaisē pahlē chhōṭā-chhōṭā bēl bajākē advertise kartē haĩ aur kahā̃-kahā̃ baṛē tē baṛā ḍhōl bajātē hō , vārnig dētē haĩ yah hōnā hai , yah hōnā hai . samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bāpdādā kē pās[x] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin ab[adv.hī] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bēlnā[root] bajānā[abs.] advertise karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur kahā̃ baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ḍhōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajānā[pres.pl.m.2] , x dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . news then BapDada to come[pres.sg.m.23] , BapDada happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but now (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , like (x|firstly) small roll[root] play[abs.] advertise do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and where very from very drum play[pres.pl.m.2] , x give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , this be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 280अभी ऐसा कोई बुलन्द आवाज का बड़ा ढोल बजाओ . abhī aisā kōī buland āvāj kā baṛā ḍhōl bajāō . ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] buland[adj.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ḍhōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now such some x noise of very drum play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
317BapDada continues to receive the news. 318BapDada is pleased, but now, just as you used to advertise using small bells, and in some places, huge drums were beaten, giving notice of what is to happen, so now beat huge drums and have trumpets of such a loud sound.
281छोटे-छोटे ढोल बज रहे हैं . chhōṭē-chhōṭē ḍhōl baj rahē haĩ . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ḍhōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . small drum x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
319Small drums are being beaten.
282शिवरात्रि पर बापदादा ने देखा कि कईयों ने बोर्ड भी लगाये , आ गया , आ गया … लेकिन सबके दिलों तक नहीं पहुंचा है . śhivrātri par bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki kaīyō̃ nē board bhī lagāyē , ā gayā , ā gayā … lēkin sabkē dilō̃ tak nahī̃ pahuñchā hai . śhivrātri[x] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] kaī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] board bhī[p.] lagānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] … lēkin sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] tak nahī̃[neg] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Shiva Ratri (at|other) BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that some ∅ board too attach[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] … but everyone's heart until not reach[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
320At Shiv Ratri, BapDada saw that many people put up hoardings that the One has come, He has come. 321However, that sound has not reached everyone's heart.
283अभी सबके दिल में यह आवाज आवे , हमारा बाबा आ गया . abhī sabkē dil mē̃ yah āvāj āvē , hamārā bābā ā gayā . ab[adv.hī] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] , ham[pn.pl.kā] bābā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . now everyone's heart in this noise come[opt.sg.23] , we[.kā] Baba come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
322Now, this sound should emerge from everyone's heart: Our Baba has come.
284तो कौन सा जोन पहले करेगा ? tō kaun sā zone pahlē karēgā ? tō kaun sā[x] zone pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? then which zone (x|firstly) do[fut.m.sg.23] ?
323Which zone will do this first?
285जो भी जोन करे बापदादा सभी को चांस देते हैं . jō bhī zone karē bāpdādā sabhī kō chance dētē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] zone karnā[opt.sg.23] bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] chance dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that too zone do[opt.sg.23] BapDada all to chance give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
324Any zone can do this because BapDada gives everyone a chance.
286कम से कम जो वर्ग का प्रोग्राम करते हो उसमें आई हुई सारी सभा दिल से कहे , नारा नहीं लगाये आ गया , आ गया , दिल से कहे हमारा बाबा आ गया . kam sē kam jō varg kā programme kartē hō usmē̃ eye|āī|I huī sārī sabhā dil sē kahē , nārā nahī̃ lagāyē ā gayā , ā gayā , dil sē kahē hamārā bābā ā gayā . kam sē kam[x] jō[pn.;d.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme karnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I hōnā[past-part.f.] sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] , nārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] ham[pn.pl.kā] bābā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . at least that profession of programme do[pres.pl.m.2] that[.mē̃] (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) be[past-part.f.] the whole court heart from (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) , chant not attach[past-part.m.pl.,o.] come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , heart from (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) we[.kā] Baba come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
325At the least, in the programmes of the wings that you have, everyone should say from their heart, not chant like a slogan: He has come, He has come. 326They should say from their heart: Our Baba has come.
287थोड़े बोलते हैं , थोड़े समझते हैं लेकिन सारी सभा अपने उमंग उत्साह से कहे आ गया . thōṛē bōltē haĩ , thōṛē samajhtē haĩ lēkin sārī sabhā apnē umaṅg utsāh sē kahē ā gayā . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . short speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , short understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but the whole court one’s own zeal enthusiasm from (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
327Some speak this, some understand this. 328However, now, the whole gathering should say with their zeal and enthusiasm: He has come.
288यह तो कर सकते हो . yah tō kar saktē hō . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . this then do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
329You can do this much, can you not?
289सारी सभा को तैयार करो . sārī sabhā kō taiyār karō . sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . the whole court to x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
330Prepare the whole gathering.
290आते तो हैं , लेकिन मानें भी . ātē tō haĩ , lēkin mānē̃ bhī . ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lēkin mānnā[opt.pl.12hon3] bhī[p.] . come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then be[pres.pl.12hon3] , but x[opt.pl.12hon3] too .
331They do come, but they should now also accept this.
291समय तो समीप आ ही रहा है तो मुबारक है दिल्ली वालों को . samay tō samīp ā hī rahā hai tō mubārak hai dillī vālō̃ kō . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō samīp[adj.] ānā[root] hī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] . time then close come[root] only remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then congratulations be[pres.sg.23] Delhi those who to .
332Time is coming close, and so congratulations to those from Delhi.
292क्योंकि दिल्ली वालों की जिम्मेवारी बहुत बड़ी है . kyōṅki dillī vālō̃ kī|key jimmēvārī bahut baṛī hai . kyōṅki dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because Delhi those who (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) responsibility very very be[pres.sg.23] .
333The responsibility of those from Delhi is very big.
293और पहले-पहले सेवा की स्थापना कायदे प्रमाण , आजकल के कायदे प्रमाण सेन्टर नहीं , लेकिन सेवा का आरम्भ दिल्ली से हुआ है . aur pahlē-pahlē sēvā kī|key sthāpanā kāydē pramāṇ , ājkal kē|K kāydē pramāṇ centre nahī̃ , lēkin sēvā kā ārambh dillī sē huā hai . aur pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ājkal kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] centre nahī̃[neg] , lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . and (x|firstly) service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) establishment law (under) , nowadays (of|K) law (under) centre not , but service of x Delhi from be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
334Officially, the establishment of service began in Delhi. 335Not officially like the centres today, but service first began in Delhi.
294तो अभी और कमाल करना . tō abhī aur kamāl karnā . tō ab[adv.hī] aur kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then now and x do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
336So, now, perform even greater wonders.
295कोई की भी बुद्धि में प्लैन आ सकता है . kōī kī|key bhī buddhi mē̃ plan ā saktā hai . kōī[pn.;d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] plan ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . some (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too intellect in plan come[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
337The plan can emerge in anyone's intellect.
296अच्छा - मुबारक हो . achchhā - mubārak hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . achcha - congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
338Achcha. 339Congratulations.
297आगरा वाले उठो - थोड़े हैं . āgrā vālē uṭhō - thōṛē haĩ . āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Agra those who wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - short be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
340Those from Agra, stand up. 341There are few of you.
298फिर भी आगरा वाले विशेष सेवा कर सकते हैं . phir bhī āgrā vālē viśhēṣh sēvā kar saktē haĩ . phir bhī[x] āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . nevertheless Agra those who special service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
342Even so, those from Agra can do special service.
299जो आजकल की गवर्मेन्ट है उस गवर्मेन्ट द्वारा आगरा में सेवा होती है , उससे भी ज्यादा आगरा में आलमाइटी गवर्मेन्ट द्वारा सेवा होनी है . jō ājkal kī government hai us government dvārā āgrā mē̃ sēvā hōtī hai , ussē bhī jyādā āgrā mē̃ almighty government dvārā sēvā hōnī hai . jō[pn.;d.] ājkal karnā[past-part.f.] government hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.o.] government dvārā āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] , vah[pn.sg.sē] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mē̃[postp.] almighty government[x] dvārā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . that x[past-part.f.] government be[pres.sg.23] that government through Agra in service be[pres.sg.f.23] , that[.sē] too more Agra in Almighty Government through service be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
343The service in Agra takes place through the Government in Agra. 344Even greater service is to take place through the Almighty Government in Agra.
300तो अभी ऐसा प्लैन आगरा वाले बनाओ जो आलमाइटी गवर्मेन्ट की सेवा का नाम बुलन्द हो . tō abhī aisā plan āgrā vālē banāō jō almighty government kī|key sēvā kā nām buland hō . tō ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] almighty government[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] buland[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then now such plan Agra those who create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that Almighty Government (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service of name x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
345So, now, those from Agra have to do such service that the name of the Almighty Government becomes well known.
301जब दूसरे बारी आओ तो सारी सेवा का आपस में प्लैन बनाके कोई साथी बनाना हो , कोई की मदद लेनी हो तो मदद भी लेके बापदादा को प्रैक्टिकल रिजल्ट बताना कि इस वर्ष यह यह सेवा विशेष हुई . jab dūsrē bārī āō tō sārī sēvā kā āpas mē̃ plan banākē kōī sāthī banānā hō , kōī kī|key madad lēnī hō tō madad bhī lēkē bāpdādā kō practical result batānā ki is varṣh yah yah sēvā viśhēṣh huī . jab dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āpas mē̃[x] plan banānā[abs.] kōī[pn.;d.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] , kōī[pn.;d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] tō madad[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] lēnā[abs.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] practical result batānā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f.] . when other x come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then the whole service of with each other plan create[abs.] some companion create[pres.pl.2.oblig1] , some (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x take[pres.pl.2.oblig1] then x too take[abs.] BapDada to practical result tell[inf.m.sg.d.] that this year this this service special be[past-part.f.] .
346When you come next time, come having made a plan for all the service and if you want to make someone your companion and take help from someone, then take that help and give BapDada the practical result that this year, this special service took place.
302टीचर्स कहाँ हैं ? teachers kahā̃ haĩ ? teacher kahā̃ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? teacher where be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
347Where are the teachers?
303तो करेंगे ? tō karē̃gē ? tō karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
348Will you do this?
304सारा प्लैन बनाके आना . sārā plan banākē ānā . sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[abs.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . the whole plan create[abs.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .
349Make the whole plan before you come.
305कहाँ-कहाँ की , जैसे कई जोन बनाके लाते हैं , कहाँ-कहाँ की , क्या नवीनता की , कहॉ तक आवाज फैला यह सारा रिकार्ड ले आना . kahā̃-kahā̃ kī|key , jaisē kaī zone banākē lātē haĩ , kahā̃-kahā̃ kī|key , kyā navīntā kī|key , kahô tak āvāj phailā yah sārā record lē ānā . kahā̃ karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kaī zone banānā[abs.] lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kahā̃ karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , kyā navīntā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , x tak āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[root]|phailnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] record lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . where (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , like some zone create[abs.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , where (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , what newness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , x until noise (spread[root]|spread[past-part.m.sg.d.]) this the whole record (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) .
350Many zones make a plan of where they have served, what newness they brought about and to what extent they spread the sound - bring this record.
306ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
351Is that all right?
307हैं थोड़े लेकिन 5 पाण्डवों ने क्या नहीं किया . haĩ thōṛē lēkin 5 pāṇḍavō̃ nē kyā nahī̃ kiyā . hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēkin 5 pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] kyā nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . be[pres.pl.12hon3] short but 5 Pandava ∅ what not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
352You are few, but what did the five Pandavas not achieve?
308तो आप यह कमाल दिखाओ , संख्या कम और सेवा सबसे ज्यादा . tō āp yah kamāl dikhāō , saṅkhyā cum|kam aur sēvā sabsē jyādā . tō āp[pn.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sabsē jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . then you this x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x (x|less) and service the most more .
353So, you can show these wonders. 354There may be few numbers, but do the maximum service.
309ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
355Is that all right?
310अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
356It is good.
311ब्रह्मा बाप का तो आगरा के ऊपर बहुत ध्यान रहा . brahmā bāp kā tō āgrā kē ūpar bahut dhyān rahā . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kē ūpar[x] bahut dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] . Brahma father of then Agra over very attention (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) .
357Father Brahma paid a lot of attention to Agra.
312तो ब्रह्मा बाप को सबूत देना . tō brahmā bāp kō sabūt dēnā . tō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then Brahma father to x give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
358So, give the proof to Father Brahma.
313अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
359Achcha.
314अच्छा है सेवा का चांस लिया , बहुत अच्छा . achchhā hai sēvā kā chance liyā , bahut achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] service of chance take[past-part.m.sg.d.] , very achcha .
360It is good that you have taken this chance for service. 361Very good.
315डबल विदेशी - 50 देशों के 700 भाई बहिने आये हैं : अंकल जी भी आये हैं वाह ! double vidēśhī - 50 dēśhō̃ kē|K 700 bhāī bahinē āyē haĩ : uncle jī bhī āyē haĩ vāh ! double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] - 50 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K 700 bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : uncle jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vāh ! double foreigner - 50 land (of|K) 700 (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] : Uncle (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] wah! !
362Double foreigners (700 brothers and sisters have come from 50 countries): Uncle Naraine has also come, wah!
316बापदादा को खुशी होती है इस युगल को देख करके , परिवार को देख करके . bāpdādā kō khuśhī hōtī hai is yugal kō dēkh karkē , parivār kō dēkh karkē . bāpdādā kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] yah[pn.sg.o.] yugal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] . BapDada to happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] this partner to see[root] do[abs.] , family to see[root] do[abs.] .
363BapDada is pleased to see this couple and the family.
317क्योंकि ब्राह्मण परिवार में कायदे प्रमाण जो पहला पहला वी . आई . पी निमित्त बना वह आप बने हो . kyōṅki brāhmaṇ parivār mē̃ kāydē pramāṇ jō pahlā pahlā we|V . eye|āī|I . P|pī nimitt banā vah āp banē hō . kyōṅki brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] we|V . eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . because Brahmin family in law (under) that x x (x) . (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) instrument (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) that you become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
364In the Brahmin family, you were the first VIP person to officially become an instrument.
318ताली तो बजाओ . tālī tō bajāō . tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . clapping then play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
365You may all clap.
319और कमाल यह है कि ड्युटी पर गवर्मेन्ट की ड्युटी पर होते सेन्टर स्थापन किया और अनेक वी . आई . पीज को परिचय दिया . aur kamāl yah hai ki duty par government kī|key duty par hōtē centre sthāpan kiyā aur anēk we|V . eye|āī|I . Ps kō parichay diyā . aur kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] duty par[postp.]|par[adj.] government karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duty par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] centre sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur anēk[adj.] we|V . eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . P kō[postp.] parichay dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . and x this be[pres.sg.23] that duty (at|other) government (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) duty (at|other) be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] centre establishment do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and many (x) . (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . P. to x[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
366And the wonder is that you established a centre while being on Governmental duty and also gave the introduction to many VIPs.
320चाहे ग्याना में खोला , लेकिन ग्याना ही अमेरिका की सेवा के निमित्त बना . chāhē gyānā mē̃ khōlā , lēkin gyānā hī America kī|key sēvā kē nimitt banā . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] x[x] mē̃[postp.] khōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , lēkin x[x] hī[p.] America karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x in open[past-part.m.sg.d.] , but x only America (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service x (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) .
367You even established Guyana and Guyana then become instrumental for the service in America.
321तो सिर्फ ग्याना के नहीं हो , अमेरिका सेवा के भी निमित्त हो . tō sirph gyānā kē|K nahī̃ hō , America sēvā kē|K bhī nimitt hō . tō sirph[adj.] x[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , America sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then only x (of|K) not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , America service (of|K) too instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
368You are not just instrumental for Guyana, you are also an instrument for the service in America.
322इसीलिए बापदादा को बहुत दुआयें भी हैं , दिल का यादप्यार भी पदम पदम गुणा है . isīliē bāpdādā kō bahut duāyē̃ bhī haĩ , dil kā yādpyār bhī padam padam guṇā hai . isīliē bāpdādā kō[postp.] bahut duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] guṇā hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x BapDada to very blessing too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , heart of love, remembrance too multimillion multimillion fold be[pres.sg.23] .
369This is why BapDada has lots of blessings and love from the heart for you. 370He has multimillion-fold love and remembrance in His heart.
323आण्टी कहाँ है ? āṇṭī kahā̃ hai ? x kahā̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x where be[pres.sg.23] ?
371Where is aunty?
324बच्चियां भी आई है ना . bachchiyā̃ bhī āī hai nā . bachchī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā . girl too come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ .
372The daughters have also come, have they not?
325लाडली हैं , परिवार की भी लाडली , बापदादा की भी लाडली . lāḍlī haĩ , parivār kī|key bhī lāḍlī , bāpdādā kī|key bhī lāḍlī . lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] , bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] . x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too x , BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too x .
373You are very much loved. 374You are loved by the family and also by BapDada.
326हैं ना . haĩ nā . hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
327अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
375It is good.
328डबल फारेनर्स को बापदादा ने टाइटल क्या दिया ? double foreigners kō bāpdādā nē title kyā diyā ? double foreigner kō[postp.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] title kyā dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? double foreigner to BapDada ∅ title what give[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
376What title has BapDada given the double foreigners?
329डबल तीव्र पुरूषार्थी . double tīvr purūṣhārthī . double tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] . double intense effort-maker .
377"Double intense effort-makers".
330वह तो सदा बापदादा कहते हैं कि डबल फारेनर्स ने बापदादा का विश्व परिवर्तक का टाइटल सिद्ध किया . vah tō sadā bāpdādā kahtē haĩ ki double foreigners nē bāpdādā kā viśhva parivartak kā title siddh kiyā . vah[pn.sg.d.] tō sadā bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] double foreigner nē[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhva parivartak[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] title siddh karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . that then constantly BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that double foreigner ∅ BapDada of world transformer of title justify[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
378BapDada always says that the double foreigners have proved BapDada's title of being the World Transformer.
331नहीं तो सब कहते थे भारत कल्याणी हैं , विदेश के कारण विश्व कल्याणकारी बनें प्रैक्टिकल में . nahī̃ tō sab kahtē thē bhārat kalyāṇī haĩ , vidēśh kē|K kāraṇ viśhva kalyāṇkārī banē̃ practical mē̃ . nahī̃ tō[x] sab[adj.] kahnā[hab-past.pl.m.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] practical mē̃[postp.] . otherwise all say[hab-past.pl.m.] Bharat benefactor be[pres.pl.12hon3] , abroad (of|K) because world beneficial become[opt.pl.12hon3] practical in .
379Otherwise, everyone used to say that He is a Benefactor of Bharat alone. 380Because of the lands abroad, He became a World Benefactor in a practical way.
332और बापदादा ने देखा है कि हर सीजन में डबल फॉरेनर्स की संख्या बढ़ती जाती है और विशेष परिवर्तन यह है कि पहले जो यह आवाज निकलता है हमारा कल्चर , भारत का कल्चर , यह आवाज नहीं है . aur bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki har|her season mē̃ double foreigners kī|key saṅkhyā baṛhtī jātī hai aur viśhēṣh parivartan yah hai ki pahlē jō yah āvāj nikaltā hai hamārā culture , bhārat kā culture , yah āvāj nahī̃ hai . aur bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] har|harnā[root]|her season mē̃[postp.] double foreigner karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] aur viśhēṣh[adj.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] jō[pn.;d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] ham[pn.pl.kā] culture , bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] culture , yah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that (x|x[root]) season in double foreigner (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x grow[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] and special transformation this be[pres.sg.23] that (x|firstly) that this noise be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] we[.kā] culture , Bharat of culture , this noise not be[pres.sg.23] .
381BapDada has seen that, in every season, the number of double foreigners is increasing and the special transformation is that the sound that used to emerge earlier of "Our culture and the culture of Bharat" does not emerge any more.
333परिवर्तन हो गया . parivartan hō gayā . parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . transformation be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
382It has been transformed.
334अभी सभी का एक ही कल्चर हो गया , ब्राह्मण कल्चर . abhī sabhī kā ēk hī culture hō gayā , brāhmaṇ culture . ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] culture hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] culture . now all of one only culture be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , Brahmin culture .
383Now, everyone has just the one culture, the Brahmin culture.
335पसन्द है ना . pasand hai nā . pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
384You like this, do you not?
336ब्राह्मण कल्चर पसन्द है ? brāhmaṇ culture pasand hai ? brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] culture pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? Brahmin culture love be[pres.sg.23] ?
385Do you like the Brahmin culture?
337पसन्द है , इसलिएबापदादा को भी आप डबल फॉरेनर्स बहुत - बहुत बहुत पसन्द हो . pasand hai , isaliēbāpadādā kō bhī āp double foreigners bahut - bahut bahut pasand hō . pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , x kō[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] double foreigner bahut - bahut bahut pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . love be[pres.sg.23] , x to too you double foreigner very - very very love (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
386You do like it, and this is why BapDada likes you double foreigners very, very, very much.
338क्योंकि विशेषता यह है कि अगर करेंगे कोई भी कार्य तो पूरा करेंगे . kyōṅki viśhēṣhtā yah hai ki agar karē̃gē kōī bhī kārya tō pūrā karē̃gē . kyōṅki viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] agar karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kōī bhī[x] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō pūrā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . because speciality this be[pres.sg.23] that if do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] anyone task then make full .
387Your speciality is that when you take up any task, you make sure you complete it.
339हिम्मत रख करके हाँ तो हाँ , ना तो ना . himmat rakh karkē hā̃ tō hā̃ , nā tō nā . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[root] karnā[abs.] hā̃ tō hā̃ , nā tō nā . courage keep[root] do[abs.] yes then yes , ∅ then ∅ .
388You maintain courage, and if you say "yes", you mean "yes" and if you say "no", you mean "no".
340इसमें होशियार हैं . ismē̃ hōśhiyār haĩ . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this[.mē̃] clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
389You are clever in that.
341लेकिन मैजारिटी हाँ जी , हाँ जी हैं . lēkin majority hā̃ jī , hā̃ jī haĩ . lēkin majority hā̃ jī[x] , hā̃ jī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . but majority yes , yes be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
390However, the majority of you always say, "Ha ji, ha ji".
342मीठा बाबा , मीठी दादियां , मीठा परिवार , हाँ जी , हाँ जी करने में अच्छे आगे जा रहे हैं . mīṭhā bābā , mīṭhī dādiyā̃ , mīṭhā parivār , hā̃ jī , hā̃ jī karnē mē̃ achchhē āgē jā rahē haĩ . mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bābā , mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] , mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , hā̃ jī[x] , hā̃ jī[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āgē jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . sweet Baba , sweet Dadi , sweet family , yes , yes do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in achcha previously go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
391You are going ahead very well saying, "Sweet Baba, sweet Dadis, sweet family, Ha ji, ha ji".
343पहले फॉरेन में कहते थे स्टूडेन्ट का बढ़ना बहुत मुश्किल है . pahlē foreign mē̃ kahtē thē student kā baṛhnā bahut muśhkil hai . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] foreign mē̃[postp.] kahnā[hab-past.pl.m.] student kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bahut muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x|firstly) abroad in say[hab-past.pl.m.] student of grow[inf.m.sg.d.] very difficult be[pres.sg.23] .
392Earlier, you used to say about the foreign countries that it is very difficult to increase the number of students.
344अभी मुश्किल है ? abhī muśhkil hai ? ab[adv.hī] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? now difficult be[pres.sg.23] ?
393Is it still difficult?
345अभी आ रहे हैं ना . abhī ā rahē haĩ nā . ab[adv.hī] ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā . now come[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ .
394They are coming now, are they not?
346अभी वी . आई . पी भी सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क में आ रहे हैं . abhī we|V . eye|āī|I . P|pī bhī sambandh samparka mē̃ ā rahē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] we|V . eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] bhī[p.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . now (x) . (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) too relationship x in come[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
395Now, even the VIPs are coming into relationship and connection.
347तो आप सबकी दिल का उमंग उत्साह आपको भी आगे बढ़ा रहा है और सेवा को भी आगे बढ़ा रहा है . tō āp sabkī dil kā umaṅg utsāh āpkō bhī āgē baṛhā rahā hai aur sēvā kō bhī āgē baṛhā rahā hai . tō āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] āgē baṛhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|baṛhānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] āgē baṛhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|baṛhānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . then you everyone's heart of zeal enthusiasm you[.kō] too previously (grow[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|increase[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) and service to too previously (grow[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|increase[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) .
396So, the zeal and enthusiasm in your heart is making all of you move forward and also making service move forward.
348आगे बढ़ रहे हैं ना ! āgē baṛh rahē haĩ nā ! āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā ! previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ !
397You are moving ahead, are you not?
349बढ़ रहे हैं ना ? baṛh rahē haĩ nā ? baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā ? grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ ?
398You are moving ahead.
350सन्तुष्ट हो ना ! santuṣhṭ hō nā ! santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! content (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
399Are you content?
351अच्छा है , यह आबू में जो संगठन करते हो ना , यह सबमें बल भर जाता है . achchhā hai , yah ābū mē̃ jō saṅgaṭhan kartē hō nā , yah sabmē̃ bal bhar jātā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] ābū mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , yah[pn.sg.d.] sabmē̃ bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bharnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , this Abu in that gathering do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ , this x strength fill[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
400It is good. 401The gathering that you have in Abu fills everyone with power.
352इसीलिए अवश्य हर सीजन में आते रहो , आते रहो , यज्ञ की शोभा बढ़ाते रहो . isīliē avaśhya har|her season mē̃ ātē rahō , ātē rahō , yagya kī|key śhōbhā baṛhātē rahō . isīliē avaśhya har|harnā[root]|her season mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] , ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] , yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhōbhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . x x (x|x[root]) season in come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] , come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] , sacrificial fire (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x[past-part.m.sg.d.] increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
402Therefore, definitely continue to come every season. 403Continue to come and increase the beauty of the yagya.
353बापदादा को इन्हों की जो मीटिंग रखते हैं और प्रोग्रामस रखते हैं , डायलॉग का , समय की पुकार का , अच्छा लगता है . bāpdādā kō inhō̃ kī|key jō meeting rakhtē haĩ aur programmes rakhtē haĩ , dialogue kā , samay kī pukār kā , achchhā lagtā hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] yah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jō[pn.;d.] meeting rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur programme rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , dialogue kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , samay kī pukār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada to this (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that meeting keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and programme keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , dialogue of , call of the time of , enjoy .
404BapDada likes the meetings, programmes and Dialogues and the Call of Time retreats that you all have.
354अच्छा मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . achchhā mubārak hō , mubārak hō , mubārak hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . achcha congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
405Achcha. 406Congratulations. 407Congratulations. 408Congratulations.
355अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
356मातायें सभी हाथ उठाओ : ( 10 हजार मातायें आई हैं ) अच्छे हाथ दिखाई दे रहे हैं , बापदादा भी हाथ हिला रहे हैं . mātāyē̃ sabhī hāth uṭhāō : ( 10 hajār mātāyē̃ āī haĩ ) achchhē hāth dikhāī dē rahē haĩ , bāpdādā bhī hāth hilā rahē haĩ . mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sab[adv.hī] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] : ( 10 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , bāpdādā bhī[p.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . mother all raise your hands : ( 10 1000 mother come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ) achcha hand be visible , BapDada too hand make fluctuate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
409All mothers, raise your hands. 410(10,000 mothers have come.) 411The scene of the hands being waved is very good. 412BapDada is also waving His own hand.
357माताओं को वरदान है विशेष जिस सेन्टर में मातायें बहुत अच्छी पुरूषार्थी हैं , स्नेही हैं बापदादा का वरदान है , जहाँ मातायें हैं वहाँ यज्ञ का भण्डारा और यज्ञ की भण्डारी सदा भरपूर है . mātāō̃ kō vardān hai viśhēṣh jis centre mē̃ mātāyē̃ bahut achchhī purūṣhārthī haĩ , snēhī haĩ bāpdādā kā vardān hai , jahā̃ mātāyē̃ haĩ vahā̃ yagya kā bhaṇḍārā aur yagya kī|key bhaṇḍārī sadā bharpūr hai . mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] viśhēṣh[adj.] jō[pn.sg.o.] centre mē̃[postp.] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , snēhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jahā̃ mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vahā̃ yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhanḍārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhanḍārī[x] sadā bharpūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . mother to blessing be[pres.sg.23] special that centre in mother very achcha effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] , loving be[pres.pl.12hon3] BapDada of blessing be[pres.sg.23] , where there mother be[pres.pl.12hon3] there sacrificial fire of treasure store and sacrificial fire (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) bhandari constantly full be[pres.sg.23] .
413Mothers have the blessing that the centres in which the mothers are very good effort-makers and are loving, have BapDada's blessing so that where there are mothers, the bhandara and bhandari of the yagya are always full.
358अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
414It is good.
359माताओं के स्नेह की जो यज्ञ सेवा है उसमें बरक्कत है . mātāō̃ kē|K snēh kī|key jō yagya sēvā hai usmē̃ barakkat hai . mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jō[pn.;d.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] barkat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . mother (of|K) love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that sacrificial fire service be[pres.sg.23] that[.mē̃] x be[pres.sg.23] . 360तो बरक्कत होने के कारण भण्डारी और भण्डारे में भी बरक्कत हो जाती है इसीलिए माताओं को बापदादा विशेष मुबारक दे रहे हैं . tō barakkat hōnē kē|K kāraṇ bhaṇḍārī aur bhaṇḍārē mē̃ bhī barakkat hō jātī hai isīliē mātāō̃ kō bāpdādā viśhēṣh mubārak dē rahē haĩ . tō barkat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhanḍārī[x] aur bhanḍārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] barkat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] isīliē mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā viśhēṣh[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then x be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because bhandari and treasure store in too x be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] x mother to BapDada special congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
415The service of the yagya that the mothers do with love makes everything flourish a great deal; and because of it flourishing, the bhandara and bhandari also flourish and this is why BapDada is giving special congratulations to the mothers.
361मुबारक दे रहे हैं , मुबारक दे रहे हैं . mubārak dē rahē haĩ , mubārak dē rahē haĩ . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
416Baba is congratulating you. 417Congratulations.
362अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
418Achcha.
363पाण्डव हाथ उठाओ : पाण्डव भी बहुत हैं . pāṇḍav hāth uṭhāō : pāṇḍav bhī bahut haĩ . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] : pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Pandava raise your hands : Pandava too very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
419Pandavas, raise your hands: There are many Pandavas too.
364देखो , पाण्डवों के बिना सेन्टर की सेवा में उन्नति नहीं हो सकती है . dēkhō , pāṇḍavō̃ kē|K binā centre kī|key sēvā mē̃ unnati nahī̃ hō saktī hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā centre karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , Pandava (of|K) without centre (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service in self-progress not be[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] .
420Look, the centres cannot progress in service without Pandavas.
365पाण्डव एक तो सेवा के प्लैन बहुत अच्छे-अच्छे बनाते हैं , पाण्डवों को यह वरदान मिला हुआ है . pāṇḍav ēk tō sēvā kē|K plan bahut achchhē-achchhē banātē haĩ , pāṇḍavō̃ kō yah vardān milā huā hai . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K plan bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Pandava one then service (of|K) plan very achcha create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , Pandava to this blessing (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
421Pandavas make very good plans for service. 422Pandavas have received a blessing.
366सेवा के नये-नये प्लैन अच्छे बनाते हैं और शक्तियों के रखवाले हैं . sēvā kē|K nayē-nayē plan achchhē banātē haĩ aur śhaktiyō̃ kē|K rakhavālē haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] plan achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . service (of|K) new plan achcha create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and Shakti (of|K) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
423You make very good new plans of service and you are the protectors of the Shaktis.
367सदा पाण्डव यही समझें , कहाँ भी रहते हो चाहे सेन्टर पर रहते हो , चाहे घर में रहते हो लेकिन शक्तियों के रखवाले हो . sadā pāṇḍav yahī samajhē̃ , kahā̃ bhī rahtē hō chāhē centre par rahtē hō , chāhē ghar mē̃ rahtē hō lēkin śhaktiyō̃ kē|K rakhavālē hō . sadā pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahī[pn.;d.] samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , kahā̃ bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . constantly Pandava this understand[opt.pl.12hon3] , where too remain[pres.pl.m.2] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) centre (at|other) remain[pres.pl.m.2] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) home in remain[pres.pl.m.2] but Shakti (of|K) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
424Pandavas should always think that wherever you may be living, whether at home or at the centre, you are protectors of the Shaktis.
368कोई की भी कोई उल्टी सुल्टी नज़र न जाये . kōī kī|key bhī kōī ulṭī sulṭī nazar na jāyē . kōī[pn.;d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] ulṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|ulṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sulṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] na[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . some (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too some (upside down|x) the right way up glance not go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
425No one's good or bad vision should fall on them.
369ऐसे सेवाधारी हो . aisē sēvādhārī hō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . such server (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
426You are such servers.
370और पाण्डव अगर नहीं आते तो जो इस श्रेष्ठ ज्ञान की विशेष नवीनता है कि यहाँ प्रवृत्ति में रहते न्यारे और प्यारे , परिवार में रहते न्यारे और प्यारे , मोहजीत नष्टोमोहा , वह पाण्डव नहीं होते , सिर्फ शक्तियां होती तो कैसे चलता ! aur pāṇḍav agar nahī̃ ātē tō jō is śhrēṣhṭh gyān kī|key viśhēṣh navīntā hai ki yahā̃ pravr̥itti mē̃ rahtē nyārē aur pyārē , parivār mē̃ rahtē nyārē aur pyārē , mōhjīt naṣhṭōmōhā , vah pāṇḍav nahī̃ hōtē , sirph śhaktiyā̃ hōtī tō kaisē chaltā ! aur pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] agar nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō jō[pn.;d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣh[adj.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] yahā̃ pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , mōhjīt[adj.] naṣhṭōmōhā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , sirph[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres-part.f.] tō kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ! and Pandava if not come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then that this elevated knowledge (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) special newness be[pres.sg.23] that here famille in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] unique and loving , family in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] unique and loving , conqueror of attachment destroyer of attachment , that Pandava not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , only Shakti be[pres-part.f.] then how continue[pres-part.m.sg.d.] !
427And if the Pandavas did not come - the special newness of this elevated knowledge is that you are all loving and detached while living in the household, you are loving and detached while living with the family, you are conquerors of attachment, destroyers of attachment - if there weren't any Pandavas and only Shaktis, how could everything continue?
371इसीलिए कहाँ शक्तियों की महिमा है , कहाँ पाण्डवों की है और इसका चित्र चतुर्भुज का चित्र है . isīliē kahā̃ śhaktiyō̃ kī|key mahimā hai , kahā̃ pāṇḍavō̃ kī hai aur iskā chitra chaturbhuj kā chitra hai . isīliē kahā̃ śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kahā̃ pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur yah[pn.sg.kā] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] chaturbhuj[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x where Shakti (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) praise be[pres.sg.23] , where Pandava do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and this[.kā] picture x of picture be[pres.sg.23] .
428This is why sometimes Shaktis are praised and sometimes, Pandavas are praised. 429The image of this is the image of Chaturbhuj, the four-armed image.
372पाण्डवों के बिना भी बाप का कार्य आगे नहीं बढ़ सकता और शक्तियों के बिना भी बाप का कार्य पूरा नहीं . pāṇḍavō̃ kē|K binā bhī bāp kā kārya āgē nahī̃ baṛh saktā aur śhaktiyō̃ kē|K binā bhī bāp kā kārya pūrā nahī̃ . pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] āgē nahī̃[neg] baṛhnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] aur śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . Pandava (of|K) without too father of task previously not grow[root] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] and Shakti (of|K) without too father of task full not .
430The Father's task cannot continue without the Pandavas and His task cannot be completed without the Shaktis.
373इसीलिए परिवार के परिवार की आवश्यकता क्या , महत्व है . isīliē parivār kē|K parivār kī|key āvaśhyaktā kyā , mahatva hai . isīliē parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] kyā , mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x family (of|K) family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need what , importance be[pres.sg.23] .
431This is why there is not just a necessity for the whole family to come, but it is also important.
374छोटे बच्चे भी कम नहीं है , छोटे बच्चों को देखकर सब खुश होते हैं . chhōṭē bachchē bhī cum|kam nahī̃ hai , chhōṭē bachchō̃ kō dēkhkar sab khuśh hōtē haĩ . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] sab[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . small child too (x|less) not be[pres.sg.23] , small child to see[abs.] all happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
432The little children are no less either. 433Seeing the little children, everyone becomes happy.
375जो छोटे बच्चे आये हैं वह उठो . jō chhōṭē bachchē āyē haĩ vah uṭhō . jō[pn.;d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that small child come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
434All the little children who have come, stand up.
376हाथ हिलाओ . hāth hilāō . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . hand make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
435You may all wave your hands.
377तो आपको क्या कहेंगे ? tō āpkō kyā kahē̃gē ? tō āp[pn.pl.kō] kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then you[.kō] what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
436So, what should Baba say to you?
378वाह ! vāh ! vāh ! wah! ! 379बच्चे वाह ! bachchē vāh ! bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! child wah! !
437Wah children! wah!
380बच्चों की भी महिमा है , अगर बच्चे नहीं चलते तो प्रवृत्ति थोड़ेही कहेंगे . bachchō̃ kī|key bhī mahimā hai , agar bachchē nahī̃ chaltē tō pravr̥itti thōṛēhī kahē̃gē . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] mahimā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , agar bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] thōṛēhī kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too praise be[pres.sg.23] , if child not continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then famille not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
438The children are also praised. 439If the children don't come here, it cannot be said to be a family.
381प्रवृत्ति में बच्चे भी चाहिए , पाण्डव भी चाहिए , शक्ति भी चाहिए . pravr̥itti mē̃ bachchē bhī chāhiē , pāṇḍav bhī chāhiē , śhakti bhī chāhiē . pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . famille in child too (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , Pandava too (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) , Shakti too (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
440In a family, there have to be children, Pandavas and Shaktis.
382तो सुना बच्चों ने भी रिट्रीट की है . tō sunā bachchō̃ nē bhī retreat kī hai . tō sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] retreat karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . then (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) child ∅ too x do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
441So, Baba heard that the children had a retreat.
383कुमारों की रिट्रीट हुई है , कुमारियों की भी रिट्रीट हुई है . kumār kī|key retreat huī hai , kumāriyō̃ kī|key bhī retreat huī hai . kumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key retreat hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] retreat hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . kumar (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , kumari (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too x be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
442(There was a retreat of Adhar Kumars and the Kumars from abroad.)
384जिनकी रिट्रीट हुई है वह उठो . jinkī retreat huī hai vah uṭhō . jō[pn.pl.kī] retreat hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kī] x be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
443Those who have had retreats, stand up.
385अधरकुमार भी उठो , यूथ भी उठो . adharkumār bhī uṭhō , youth bhī uṭhō . adharkumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , youth bhī[p.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x too wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , youth too wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
444BapDada receives all the news.
386बापदादा के पास सारा समाचार आता है . bāpdādā kē pās sārā samāchār ātā hai . bāpdādā kē pās[x] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada to the whole news come[pres.sg.m.23] . 387आप लोगों ने जो पुरूषार्थ किया , चाहे कुमारों ने चाहे अधरकुमारों ने , बापदादा खुश है कि मधुबन के वायुमण्डल में आकर अपनी स्थिति को , अपने पुरूषार्थ को आगे बढ़ाया , यह बहुत अच्छा है . āp lōgō̃ nē jō purūṣhārth kiyā , chāhē kumār nē chāhē adharakumārō̃ nē , bāpdādā khuśh hai ki madhuban kē|K vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ ākar apnī sthiti kō , apnē purūṣhārth kō āgē baṛhāyā , yah bahut achchhā hai . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] x nē[postp.] , bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[abs.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth kō[postp.] āgē baṛhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you people ∅ that effort do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) kumar ∅ (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x ∅ , BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] that Madhuban (of|K) atmosphere in come[abs.] one’s own stage to , one’s own effort to previously increase[past-part.m.sg.d.] , this very achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 388क्योंकि यहाँ जैसा वायुमण्डल और कहाँ नहीं मिलता . kyōṅki yahā̃ jaisā vāyumaṇḍal aur kahā̃ nahī̃ miltā . kyōṅki yahā̃ jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur kahā̃ nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . because here like atmosphere and where not receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
445The effort that all of you made, whether the Kumars or the Adhar Kumars, BapDada is pleased that you came into the atmosphere of Madhuban and made progress in your stage and in your effort. 446That is very good, because you can't get the atmosphere like that of Madhuban anywhere else.
389अभी सिर्फ चाहे यूथकुमार , चाहे अधरकुमार , जो यहाँ तीव्र पुरुषार्थ की अनुभूति की , अनुभूति की तीव्र पुरूषार्थ की ? abhī sirph chāhē yūthakumār , chāhē adharkumār , jō yahā̃ tīvr puruṣhārth kī|key anubhūti kī|key , anubhūti kī|key tīvr purūṣhārth kī|key ? ab[adv.hī] sirph[adj.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] x , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] adharkumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , jō[pn.;d.] yahā̃ tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ? now only (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x , that here intense effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , experience (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) intense effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ?
447Now, whether just the youth Kumars or the Adhar Kumars, the experience that you had of intense effort - did you experience intense effort?
390वह अमर रखना . vah amar rakhnā . vah[pn.sg.d.] amar[adj.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . that immortal keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
448Keep that immortal.
391अमर भव का वरदान सदा याद रखना . amar bhav kā vardān sadā yād rakhnā . amar[adj.] bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhav kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā yād rakhnā[x] . immortal (x|may you be) of blessing constantly remember .
449Always remember the blessing of immortality.
392ऐसे नहीं वहाँ जाओ तो कहो तीव्र पुरूषार्थ नहीं , पुरूषार्थ है नहीं . aisē nahī̃ vahā̃ jāō tō kahō tīvr purūṣhārth nahī̃ , purūṣhārth hai nahī̃ . aisē nahī̃[x] vahā̃ jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth nahī̃[neg] , puruṣhārth hōnā[pres.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] . it isn't that there go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] intense effort not , effort be[pres.sg.23] not .
450It should not be that when you return, you say that you are just making effort and not intense effort.
393और ही कहना हम तो और ही उड़ती कला में उड़ रहे हैं . aur hī kahnā ham tō aur hī uṛtī kalā mē̃ uṛ rahē haĩ . aur hī[p.] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ham[pn.pl.] tō aur hī[p.] uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] uṛnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . and only say[inf.m.sg.d.] we then and only fly[pres-part.f.] degree in fly[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
451Instead, you should say that you are flying in the flying stage.
394ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
395ऐसी रिजल्ट निकालना . aisī result nikālnā . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] result nikālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . such result x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
452Bring about such results.
396बहुत अच्छा किया . bahut achchhā kiyā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . very achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
453You did very well.
397बापदादा खुश है . bāpdādā khuśh hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
454BapDada is pleased.
398अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
455Achcha.
399अभी एक सेकण्ड में सभी ब्राह्मण अपने राजयोग का अभ्यास करते हुए मन को एकाग्र करने का मालिक बन मन को जहाँ चाहो , जितना समय चाहो , जैसे चाहो वैसे अभी-अभी मन को एकाग्र करो . abhī ēk second mē̃ sabhī brāhmaṇ apnē rājyōg kā abhyās kartē huē man kō ēkāgr karnē kā mālik ban man kō jahā̃ chāhō , jitnā samay chāhō , jaisē chāhō vaisē abhī-abhī man kō ēkāgr karō . ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ēkāgr[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jahā̃ chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ēkāgr[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now one second in all Brahmin one’s own Raja Yoga of practice do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] mind to concentrated do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of master (x|become[root]) mind to where there x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , the more time x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , like x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x now mind to concentrated do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
456Now, in one second, all Brahmins, whilst practising Raja Yoga, become a master who can concentrate your mind; concentrate your mind on something for as long as you want, in the way that you want. 457Concentrate your mind just now.
400कहाँ भी मन यहाँ-वहाँ चंचल नहीं हो . kahā̃ bhī man yahā̃-vahā̃ chañchal nahī̃ hō . kahā̃ bhī[p.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahā̃-vahā̃ chañchal[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . where too mind everywhere mischievous not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
458Your mind should not wander anywhere, here or there.
401मेरा बाबा , मीठा बाबा , प्यारा बाबा इस स्नेह के संग के रंग की , आध्यात्मिक होली मनाओ . mērā bābā , mīṭhā bābā , pyārā bābā is snēh kē|K saṅg kē|K raṅg kī|key , ādhyātmik hōlī|holy manāō . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā , mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bābā , pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bābā yah[pn.sg.o.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|raṅgnā[root] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , ādhyātmik[adj.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . I[.kā] Baba , sweet Baba , loving Baba this love (of|K) company (of|K) (colour|x[root]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , spiritual (Holi|holy) celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
459"Mera Baba, sweet Baba, lovely Baba". 460With this love and with the colour of this company, celebrate spiritual Holi.
402 ( ड्रिल ) अच्छा . ( drill ) achchhā . ( drill ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . ( drill ) achcha .
461(Baba conducted this drill.) 462Achcha.
403चारों ओर के श्रेष्ठ विशेष होली और हाइएस्ट बच्चों को , सदा स्वयं को बाप समान सर्व शक्तियों से सम्पन्न मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान अनुभव करने वाले , सदा हर कमज़ोरियों से मुक्त बन अन्य आत्माओं को भी मुक्ति दिलाने वाले मुक्तिदाता बच्चों को , सदा स्वमान की सीट पर सेट रहने वाले , सदा अमर भव के वरदान के अनुभव स्वरूप रहने वाले , ऐसे चारों ओर के , चाहे सामने बैठने वाले , चाहे दूर बैठे स्नेह में समाये हुए बच्चों को यादप्यार वा अपने उमंग-उत्साह , पुरूषार्थ के समाचार देने वालों को बापदादा का बहुत-बहुत दिल का यादप्यार और दिल की पदम पदमगुणा यादप्यार स्वीकार हो और सभी राजयोगी सो राज्य अधिकारी बच्चों को नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr kē|K śhrēṣhṭh viśhēṣh hōlī|holy aur highest bachchō̃ kō , sadā svayã kō bāp samān sarv śhaktiyō̃ sē sampann master sarvśhaktivān anubhav karnē vālē , sadā har|her kamzōriyō̃ sē mukt ban anya ātmāō̃ kō bhī mukti dilānē vālē muktidātā bachchō̃ kō , sadā svamān kī|key seat par set rahnē vālē , sadā amar bhav kē|K vardān kē|K anubhav svarūp rahnē vālē , aisē chārō̃ ōr kē|K , chāhē sāmnē baiṭhnē vālē , chāhē dūr baiṭhē snēh mē̃ samāyē huē bachchō̃ kō yādpyār vā apnē umaṅg-utsāh , purūṣhārth kē|K samāchār dēnē vālō̃ kō bāpdādā kā bahut-bahut dil kā yādpyār aur dil kī|key padam padamguṇā yādpyār svīkār hō aur sabhī rājyōgī sō rājya adhikārī bachchō̃ kō namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] aur high bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā svayã kō[postp.] bāp samān[x] sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sampann[adj.] master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sadā har|harnā[root]|her kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] mukt[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] anya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] mukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] muktidātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā svamān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] set rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sadā amar[adj.] bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhav kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sāmnē baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur sab[adv.hī] rājyōgī[adj.] sōnā[root]|sō rājya adhikārī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] namastē . everywhere (of|K) elevated special (Holi|holy) and high child to , constantly x to equal to the Father all Shakti from full master Almighty Authority experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , constantly (x|x[root]) weakness from free (x|become[root]) other soul to too liberation x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who bestower of liberation child to , constantly self-respect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) seat (at|other) set remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , constantly immortal (x|may you be) (of|K) blessing (of|K) experience form remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , such everywhere (of|K) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) love in merge[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child to love, remembrance or one’s own zeal and enthusiasm , effort (of|K) news give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to BapDada of very heart of love, remembrance and heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) multimillion multimillion-fold love, remembrance acceptance (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and all Raja Yogi (sleep[root]|x) master child to x .
463To all the elevated, special holy and highest children everywhere, to those who always experience themselves to be master almighty authority souls full of all powers the same as the Father, to the children who are bestowers of liberation who become liberated from all weaknesses themselves and who enable other souls to receive liberation, to those who always remain seated on the seat of self-respect, to those who always remain an embodiment of the experience of the blessing of being immortal, to such children from everywhere, whether they are sitting in front of Baba, or are sitting far away and merged in love, to such children, love and remembrance. 464To the children who have given the news of zeal and enthusiasm for their effort, lots of love and remembrance from the heart of BapDada, and multi, multimillion-fold love and remembrance from the heart. 465Namaste to all the Raja Yogi children who have all rights to the kingdom.
404मोहिनी बहन से : ( तबियत का समाचार सुनाया ) अच्छा किया समय पर पूरा करके आ गई . mōhinī bahan sē : ( tabiyat kā samāchār sunāyā ) achchhā kiyā samay par pūrā karkē ā gaī . mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] : ( tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . x x from : ( health of news speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] time (at|other) full do[abs.] come[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
466To Mohiniben: (She related news of her health to Baba.) 467It was good that you completed everything on time and came here.
405यह बुद्धि की होशियारी है . yah buddhi kī|key hōśhiyārī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hōśhiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this intellect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.sg.23] .
468This is cleverness of the intellect.
406बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
469Very good.
407 ( दादी जानकी से ) मजा आ रहा है ना . ( dādī jānkī sē ) majā ā rahā hai nā . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ) mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā . ( Dadi x from ) pleasure come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅ .
470To Dadi Janki: You are enjoying yourself, are you not?
408 ( क्या बताऊं , कैसे बताऊं ) आंखों से . ( kyā batāū̃ , kaisē batāū̃ ) āṅkhō̃ sē . ( kyā batānā[opt.sg.1] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] batānā[opt.sg.1] ) āṅkh[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] . ( what tell[opt.sg.1] , how tell[opt.sg.1] ) eye from .
471(What can I say? 472How can I show it?) 473With your eyes.
409यह अच्छा है , चलाने वाला चला रहा है . yah achchhā hai , chalānē vālā chalā rahā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|chalānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . this achcha be[pres.sg.23] , x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (continue[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|x[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) .
474(The One who is making me move is making me do everything.
410 ( एज में सबसे बड़ी हूँ ) मुबारक हो . ( age|as mē̃ sabsē baṛī hū̃ ) mubārak hō . ( age|as mē̃[postp.] sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] ) mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ( (age|x) in the most very be[pres.sg.1] ) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
475I am the oldest in age ( in terms of all the great souls) Congratulations.
411 ( सब बापदादा को देख लें ) यह आंखें देखें ना , दुनिया देखे बाबा क्या करता है , कैसे करता है . ( sab bāpdādā kō dēkh lē̃ ) yah āṅkhē̃ dēkhē̃ nā , duniyā dēkhē bābā kyā kartā hai , kaisē kartā hai . ( sab[adj.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] āṅkh[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] nā , duniyā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] bābā kyā karnā[pres.sg.m.23] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] . ( all BapDada to see[opt.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] ) this eye see[opt.pl.12hon3] ∅ , world (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) Baba what do[pres.sg.m.23] , how do[pres.sg.m.23] .
476(Everyone should see BapDada.) 477These eyes should see. 478The world should see what Baba is doing and how He is doing it.
412अच्छा , ( दादियों से ) सभी ठीक हैं ! achchhā , ( dādiyō̃ sē ) sabhī ṭhīk haĩ ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , ( dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ) sab[adv.hī] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! achcha , ( Dadi from ) all OK be[pres.pl.12hon3] !
479Achcha. 480To the Dadis: Are all of you all right?
413सब आदि रत्न हैं . sab ādi ratna haĩ . sab[adj.] ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all etc. jewel be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
481All of you are the original jewels.
414बहुत अछा . bahut achā . bahut x . very x .
482Very good.
415उड़ रहे हैं . uṛ rahē haĩ . uṛnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . fly[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
483You are flying.
416अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
484Achcha.
417ठीक , बैठ जाओ . ṭhīk , baiṭh jāō . ṭhīk[adj.] , baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . OK , sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
485OK.
418पुरानी चीज़ें जो होती हैं ना अमूल्य होती हैं , उन्हों का मूल्य बहुत होता है . purānī chīzē̃ jō hōtī haĩ nā amūlya hōtī haĩ , unhō̃ kā mūlya bahut hōtā hai . purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chīz[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] nā amūlya[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mūlya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . old thing that be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ∅ invaluable be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , that of value very be[pres.sg.m.23] .
486Old things are invaluable. 487They have a lot of value.
419रमेश भाई , ऊषा बहन , डा . अनिला बहन से : बहुत अच्छा किया . ramēśh bhāī , ūṣā bahan , ḍā . anilā bahan sē : bahut achchhā kiyā . ramēśh bhāī[x] , x bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] , ḍā[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] : bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . Rameshbhai , x x , x . x x from : very achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
488Rameshbhai, Ushaben and Dr. 489Anila meeting BapDada. 490You did very well.
420यह तो आदि रत्न है . yah tō ādi ratna hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this then etc. jewel be[pres.sg.23] .
491You are the original jewels.
421सेवा का आदि रत्न . sēvā kā ādi ratna . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] . service of etc. jewel .
492You are the original jewels of service.
422पहला परिवार है जहाँ जगदम्बा रही है . pahlā parivār hai jahā̃ jagadambā rahī hai . pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jahā̃ jagadambā[x] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . x family be[pres.sg.23] where there Jagadamba remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
493You are the first family where Jagadamba stayed.
423तो लकी परिवार है . tō lucky parivār hai . tō lucky parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then lucky family be[pres.sg.23] .
494You are a lucky family.
424 ( ऊषा बहन से ) अच्छा पार्ट बजाया . ( ūṣā bahan sē ) achchhā part bajāyā . ( x bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . ( x x from ) achcha play one's part .
495(To Ushaben): You played a very good part.
425लेकिन जैसे इनकी नेचर है उसी प्रमाण बहुत-बहुत-बहुत अच्छा पार्ट बजाया . lēkin jaisē inkī nature hai usī pramāṇ bahut-bahut-bahut achchhā part bajāyā . lēkin jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.pl.kī] nature hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.hī] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . but like this[.kī] nature be[pres.sg.23] that[.hī] (under) very achcha play one's part .
496However, as is your nature, according to that, you have played a very, very, very good part.
426इसीलिए सबका प्यार है और सब खुश हैं कि बहुत अच्छा पार्ट बजाया . isīliē sabkā pyār hai aur sab khuśh haĩ ki bahut achchhā part bajāyā . isīliē sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur sab[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . x everyone's love be[pres.sg.23] and all happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] that very achcha play one's part .
497This is why everyone loves you and everyone is happy that you played a very good part.
427अच्छा किया . achchhā kiyā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
498You did well.
428डायरेक्ट पालना लेने वाली है . direct pālnā lēnē vālī hai . direct pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . direct (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .
499You have taken direct sustenance.
429यह आदि फैमिली है . yah ādi family hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] ādi[adj.] family hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this etc. family be[pres.sg.23] . 430जिसने साकार बाप की भी पालना नजदीक से ली और सेवा में भी पार्ट बजाया . jisnē sākār bāp kī|key bhī pālnā najdīk sē lī aur sēvā mē̃ bhī part bajāyā . jō[pn.sg.nē] sākār, sākārī[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nazdīk sē[postp.] lēnā[past-part.f.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] part bajānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . that[.nē] sakar father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) x from take[past-part.f.] and service in too play one's part .
500This is the original family who have also taken sustenance from sakar Baba closely and you also played a part in service.
431 ( डा . अनीला बहन से ) इसको भी वरदान है . ( ḍā . anīlā bahan sē ) iskō bhī vardān hai . ( ḍā[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ) yah[pn.sg.kō] bhī[p.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( x . x x from ) this[.kō] too blessing be[pres.sg.23] .
501To Dr. 502Anila: She also has a blessing.
432शान्ति बहन ( सिरीफोर्ट ) से : देखा जाता है कि अभी शरीर के हिसाब को मैजारिटी पास करने में पास हो जाते हैं . śhānti bahan ( sirīphōrṭa ) sē : dēkhā jātā hai ki abhī śharīr kē|K hisāb kō majority pās|pass karnē mē̃ pās|pass hō jātē haĩ . śhānti bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] ( x ) sē[postp.] : dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] majority pās|pass karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] pās|pass hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . peace x ( x ) from : (see[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|see[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) that now body (of|K) account to majority (x|pass) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in (x|pass) be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
503To Sister Shanti from Sirifort, Delhi: It has been seen that for the majority, you pass in passing through the accounts of the body.
433आपने भी पास का सर्टीफिकेट ले लिया . āpnē bhī pās|pass kā certificate lē liyā . āp[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] pās|pass kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] certificate lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . you[.nē] too (x|pass) of certificate take[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
504You have also taken the pass certificate, have you not?
434बहुत अच्छा पार्ट बजाया है . bahut achchhā part bajāyā hai . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . very achcha play one's part .
505You played a very good part.
435आजकल तो डाक्टर्स की सेवा बहुत हो जाती है . ājkal tō doctors kī|key sēvā bahut hō jātī hai . ājkal tō doctor karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . nowadays then doctor (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service very be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
506Nowadays, doctors are served very well.
436वह फर्क देखते हैं ना , प्रैक्टिकल लाइफ , उसका असर होता है . vah phark dēkhtē haĩ nā , practical life , uskā asar hōtā hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , practical life[x] , vah[pn.sg.kā] asar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that difference see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , life in a practical way , that[.kā] impact be[pres.sg.m.23] .
507They see the difference in your practical life and this has an impact.
437 ( सेवा करने वाली बहनों से ) यह बहुत लाडली है . ( sēvā karnē vālī bahanō̃ sē ) yah bahut lāḍlī hai . ( sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ) yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x from ) this very x be[pres.sg.23] .
508(To the sisters who served her): This one is very much loved.
438यह छोटी बहुत लाडली है , दिल से सेवा की है . yah chhōṭī bahut lāḍlī hai , dil sē sēvā kī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bahut lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . this small very x be[pres.sg.23] , heart from service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
509This one is small and specially loved and served with her heart.
439दिल की सेवा का बहुत महत्व है . dil kī|key sēvā kā bahut mahatva hai . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service of very importance be[pres.sg.23] .
510There is great importance in serving with your heart.
440सेवा सब करते हैं लेकिन जो दिल से करता है उसका महत्व है . sēvā sab kartē haĩ lēkin jō dil sē kartā hai uskā mahatva hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sab[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kā] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . service all do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but that heart from do[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kā] importance be[pres.sg.23] .
511Everyone does service, but service done with the heart has importance.
441यह पुरूषार्थ में आगे जा रही है बहुत अच्छा . yah purūṣhārth mē̃ āgē jā rahī hai bahut achchhā . yah[pn.sg.d.] puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] āgē jānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . this effort in previously go[pres.sg.f.prog.23] very achcha .
512This one is going ahead in effort. 513Very good.
442 ( डा . अनीला बहन से ) बाप से दिल का स्नेह , परिवार से दिल का स्नेह तो परिवार की भी दुआयें , बाप की भी दुआयें हैं . ( ḍā . anīlā bahan sē ) bāp sē dil kā snēh , parivār sē dil kā snēh tō parivār kī|key bhī duāyē̃ , bāp kī|key bhī duāyē̃ haĩ . ( ḍā[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ) bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ( x . x x from ) father from heart of love , family from heart of love then family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too blessing , father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too blessing be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
514To Dr. 515Anila: You have love for the Father in your heart. 516You have love for the family also, and so you have blessings from the Father and also the family.
443विदेश की मुख्य बड़ी बहनों से : अच्छा है , मधुबन रहने का भी चांस और सेवा का भी विशेष चांस है . vidēśh kī|key mukhya baṛī bahanō̃ sē : achchhā hai , madhuban rahnē kā bhī chance aur sēvā kā bhī viśhēṣh chance hai . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mukhya[adj.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] chance aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] . abroad (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) main very x from : achcha be[pres.sg.23] , Madhuban remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] of too chance and service of too special chance be[pres.sg.23] .
517RCO sisters from abroad: It is good. 518You have a chance to stay in Madhuban and also a special chance for service.
444फिर भी देखो आप सेवा का जो दूसरा ग्रुप निमित्त बना उसके मुख्य एक्टर्स हो . phir bhī dēkhō āp sēvā kā jō dūsrā group nimitt banā uskē mukhya actors hō . phir bhī[x] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] uskā[pn.sg.kē] mukhya[adj.] actor hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . nevertheless see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you service of that other group instrument (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) of that[.kē] main actor (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
519Even so, you are the main actors of the second group of those who have become instruments for service.
445आदि के समय का तो यह ग्रुप बैठा है लेकिन सेवा के आदि रत्न , सेवा के साथी बनके साथी बनाने वाले वह आप लोगों का ग्रुप है . ādi kē|K samay kā tō yah group baiṭhā hai lēkin sēvā kē|K ādi ratna , sēvā kē|K sāthī bankē sāthī banānē vālē vah āp lōgō̃ kā group hai . ādi[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] group baiṭhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group hōnā[pres.sg.23] . etc. (of|K) time of then this group sit[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but service (of|K) etc. jewel , service (of|K) companion become[abs.] companion create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who that you people of group be[pres.sg.23] .
520This group of the beginning period is sitting here, but you are the group of those who are the original jewels of service, the service companions who have made others companions.
446तो बापदादा जितना इन्हों की महिमा करता है , आदि स्थापना के रत्नों की , इतना आदि सेवा के साथी उन्हों की भी महिमा करता है . tō bāpdādā jitnā inhō̃ kī|key mahimā kartā hai , ādi sthāpanā kē|K ratnō̃ kī|key , itnā ādi sēvā kē|K sāthī unhō̃ kī|key bhī mahimā kartā hai . tō bāpdādā jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mahimā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] , ādi[adj.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ratna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādi[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] mahimā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then BapDada the more this (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) praise do[pres.sg.m.23] , etc. establishment (of|K) jewel (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , such etc. service (of|K) companion that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too praise do[pres.sg.m.23] .
521To the extent that BapDada praises these souls - the ones who are the jewels of establishment at the beginning, to that extent BapDada also praises those who are the original companions of service.
447चाहे फॉरेन है लेकिन निमित्त आप लोग हो . chāhē foreign hai lēkin nimitt āp lōg hō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] foreign hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) abroad be[pres.sg.23] but instrument you people (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
522There are others from abroad too, but you are the instruments.
448मैजारिटी सब सेवा की स्थापना के रत्न हो . majority sab sēvā kī|key sthāpanā kē|K ratna hō . majority sab[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . majority all service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) establishment (of|K) jewel (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
523The majority, all of you are the jewels of the beginning of service.
449तो आप लोगों को भी चांस तो अच्छा मिला है . tō āp lōgō̃ kō bhī chance tō achchhā milā hai . tō āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] chance tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then you people to too chance then achcha receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
524So, you have all also received a good chance.
450मेहनत जरूर करनी पड़ती है क्योंकि उन्हों का रहना सहना , कल्चर न्यारा होता है उसको एक कल्चर में जोड़ना इसकी आप लोगों को मुबारक हो . mēhnat jarūr karnī paṛtī hai kyōṅki unhō̃ kā rahnā sahanā , culture nyārā hōtā hai uskō ēk culture mē̃ jōṛnā iskī āp lōgō̃ kō mubārak hō . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] zarūr karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] kyōṅki vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] x , culture nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] ēk[adj.] culture mē̃[postp.] jōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.kī] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . effort definitely do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] because that of remain[inf.m.sg.d.] x , culture unique be[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kō] one culture in connect[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.kī] you people to congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
525Yes, you definitely have to work hard, because their way of living, their culture is all different and to bring them into one culture, congratulations to you all for that.
451अच्छी मेहनत की है . achchhī mēhnat kī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . achcha effort do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
526You have worked very hard.
452मेहनत तो करनी पड़ी है लेकिन सफलता हुई है . mēhnat tō karnī paṛī hai lēkin saphaltā huī hai . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.oblig2] lēkin saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . effort then do[pres-perf.sg.f.23.oblig2] but success be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
527You have had to work hard, but you also received success.
453मेहनत व्यर्थ नहीं गई है , अभी रेसपाण्ड तो अच्छा मिलता है . mēhnat vyarth nahī̃ gaī hai , abhī respond tō achchhā miltā hai . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , ab[adv.hī] respond tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . effort wasteful not go[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , now response then achcha receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
528Your hard work has not gone to waste. 529You are now receiving a good response.
454विदेशी भी सेवा में साथी तो अच्छे बनते हैं . vidēśhī bhī sēvā mē̃ sāthī tō achchhē bantē haĩ . vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . foreigner too service in companion then achcha become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
530Foreigners are also very good companions in service.
455हर सेन्टर पर आपको साथ देने वाले तो बने हैं . har|her centre par āpkō sāth dēnē vālē tō banē haĩ . har|harnā[root]|her centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] āp[pn.pl.kō] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . (x|x[root]) centre (at|other) you[.kō] with give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who then become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
531At every centre, there are those who give their co-operation to you.
456बने हैं ना ! banē haĩ nā ! bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
532They are co-operative, are they not.
457बापदादा खुश है . bāpdādā khuśh hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
533BapDada is pleased.
458तो एक-एक को पदम पदमगुणा मुबारक हो , मुबारक हो . tō ēk-ēk kō padam padamguṇā mubārak hō , mubārak hō . tō ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then one to multimillion multimillion-fold congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
534Multi, multimillion-fold congratulations to each one of you. 535Congratulations. 536Congratulations.
459चन्द्रहास बाबू जी से : ठीक है . candrahās bābū jī sē : ṭhīk hai . x x jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] sē[postp.] : ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x x (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) from : OK be[pres.sg.23] .
537To Chandras Dada: Are you all right?
460मन मजबूत है ना . man majbūt hai nā . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] majbūt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . mind x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
538Your mind is strong, is it not?
461मन मजबूत है तो तन ठीक हो जायेगा . man majbūt hai tō tan ṭhīk hō jāyēgā . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] majbūt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . mind x be[pres.sg.23] then body OK be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
539If the mind is strong, the body will be fine too.
462मन सदा खुशी में नाचता रहे . man sadā khuśhī mē̃ nāchtā rahē . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nāchnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . mind constantly happiness in dance[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
540Let your mind always keep on dancing in happiness.
463चाहे स्ट्रेचर पर जाये लेकिन माइण्ड डांस होती रहे . chāhē sṭrēcar par jāyē lēkin mind dance hōtī rahē . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] x par[postp.]|par[adj.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin mind dance hōnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x (at|other) go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] but x dance be[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
541Even if you are on a stretcher, let your mind keep dancing.
464फिकर तो नहीं है ना . phikar tō nahī̃ hai nā . phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . worry then not be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
542You don't have any worries, do you?
465बेफिकर बादशाह . bēphikar bādśhāh . bēphikr[adj.] bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] . carefree emperor .
543A carefree emperor.
544* * * O M S H A N T I * * *